Sei sulla pagina 1di 492

Ziehm Vista

Ziehm Vista Plus

Ziehm 8000

Ziehm Compact

Service Manual

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Copyright Quality Standards
Copyright © 2010 Ziehm Imaging GmbH This document was produced in accordance with a certified QM
All rights reserved. system as per DIN EN ISO 13485. It conforms to the requirements
Transmission or reproduction of this document, exploitation and of Council Directive 93/42 EEC, Annex I, and other applicable
disclosure of its contents to third persons is not permitted without norms. The information provided in this document may be updated
express written consent of the manufacturer. Infringements shall at regular intervals. Subject to change without prior notice.
entitle to damage claims.
Manufactured by:
Registered Trademarks Ziehm Imaging GmbH
This document may contain the names of registered trademarks or Donaustr. 31
brands, the use of which by third persons for their purposes may 90451 Nuremberg (Germany)
infringe the rights of their respective owners. e-mail: info@ziehm-eu.com
http://www.ziehm.com

Rev. 09/03/2010

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
With the Ziehm Vista, Ziehm Vista Plus, Ziehm 8000 and the Ziehm Compact, Ziehm Imag- Preface
ing GmbH provides an active medical device connected to the mains power supply. The
above listed medical devices are non-contact devices. They do not require any contact with
the patient to perform its intended use. They provide contactless energy in the form of X-
rays.
Ziehm Imaging GmbH authorizes only trained and skilled personnel to operate this medical
device. The system is intended for use by health care professionals such as physicians,
orthopedic surgeons, surgeons, radiologists and technologists in hospitals, outpatient clin-
ics and other clinical environments. Ziehm Imaging GmbH anticipates the system will be
used on a nearly daily basis. Ziehm Imaging GmbH applications specialists and/or qualified
site personnel provide on-site operator training in the proper use of the system.

The medical equipment is intended for fluoroscopies in the field of surgery, e.g. in Normal use
traumatology, orthopedics, neurosurgery, urology, cardiology. Third-party devices and (Ziehm 8000)
components used in combination with this system must comply with the safety
requirements according to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an
equivalent degree of safety.
To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with
Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the
said directive must be provided.
For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.
Proper and safe operation of the system requires adequate transportation, storage,
assembly and installation as well as appropriate use and maintenance.
The limit values indicated in the present document must not be exceeded; this applies also
when putting the system into service.
The system is not suitable for interventional procedures acc. to IEC 60601-2-43.
The medical equipment is intended for fluoroscopies in the field of surgery, e.g. in trauma- Intended use (Ziehm
tology, orthopedics, neurology, urology, cardiology. Third-party devices and components Vista product family,
used in combination with this system must comply with the safety requirements according Ziehm Compact)
to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an equivalent degree of safety.
To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with
Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the
said directive must be provided.
For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.
Proper and safe operation of the system requires adequate transportation, storage, assem-
bly and installation as well as appropriate use and maintenance.
The limiting values indicated in the present document must not be exceeded; this applies
also when putting the system into service.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Operation The system may only be operated by personnel who has undergone radiological training.

Operation (U.S.A.) In the U.S.A., Federal law restricts use of this device to trained personnel on the order of a
physician.
Ziehm Vista product The Ziehm Vista product family comprises the following models: Ziehm Vista (not available
family in the USA) and Ziehm Vista Plus (available only in the USA). Unless stated otherwise, all
information given here for the Ziehm Vista also refers to the Ziehm Vista Plus.
Ziehm 8000 product The Ziehm 8000 product family comprises the following models: Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Com-
family pact, Ziehm Compact Litho, Ziehm Exposcop 8000.
Ziehm Vista Workstation The PC Workstation is intended for viewing and postprocessing DICOM images with the
option “e-Film” program. In addition, any software can be installed and used on it under the sole
responsibility of the user. The PC Workstation is not a functional part of the medical
equipment and does not influence its functions in any way.
Authorized personnel Only authorized personnel are allowed to assemble and repair the medical equipment
described in this document. Authorized personnel are persons who have attended an
appropriate training course provided by the manufacturer.

Contraindications to the The exposure of humans to ionizing radiation must always be medically justified. Especially
use of X-rays when used on pregnant women, adolescents, children, and pediatric patients, all
procedures using ionizing radiation should be used with caution or be avoided altogether.
However, the final decision lies with the attending physician or attending surgeon.
Exclusion of liability The manufacturer accepts responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of the
system only if
− any installation, modification or repair work is carried out exclusively by persons autho-
rized by the manufacturer;
− the electrical installation of the site where the system is operated complies with the
requirements of VDE 0107 or the corresponding national regulations of the country of
installation;
− only original spare parts or components that comply with Ziehm Imaging’s specifica-
tions are used;
− the system is used in accordance with the Operating Instructions.
− Ziehm Vista Workstation option:
the PC hardware is an integrated part of the system and is not altered. The responsi-
bility for the installed software lies with the corresponding software suppliers.
The warranty becomes invalid in case that any repair, modification or installation work is
carried out by unauthorized personnel, or any seals on components are broken. No conse-
quential damages will be accepted either.
The equipment conforms to Class IIb according to Council Directive 93/42/EEC.
This document has been written and reviewed originally in English.

4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
0 Classification Mobile Stand/
Monitor Cart
22

No Chapter Mobile Stand Monitor Cart

1 Warnings and Important Information ⊕ ⊕

2 General ⊕ ⊕

3 Mobile Stand Connections ⊕

4 Power Supply Mobile Stand ⊕

5 Module 2 ⊕

6 Module 3 ⊕

7 Image Intensifier ⊕

8 X-ray Generator ⊕

9 Vision Track ⊕

10 Keyboards Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart ⊕ ⊕

11 Monitor Cart General & Wiring ⊕

12 Video Documentation ⊕

13 Monitors ⊕

14 Power Supply Monitor Cart ⊕

15 Image Memory System ⊕

16 DICOM Configuration ⊕

17 DICOM Conformance Statement ⊕

18 Software Tools ⊕ ⊕

19 Adjustment Instructions ⊕ ⊕

20 Error Messages ⊕ ⊕

21 Active Cooling system ⊕

22 Maintenance Schedule ⊕ ⊕

23 Index

24 DIN A3 Drawings ⊕ ⊕

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 0-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
0 Classification Mobile Stand/Monitor Cart

0-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Table of Contents

0 Classification Mobile Stand/Monitor Cart 0-1

Table of Contents i

1 Warnings and Important Information 1-1


1.1 Safety Instructions............................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Warnings .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Required tests after service.............................................................................. 1-2

2 General 2-1
2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview ....................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Detailed Overview with U501 ........................................................................... 2-2
2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3 ..................................................................... 2-3
2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand ................................................................ 2-4
2.5 Block Diagram with U501 ................................................................................. 2-5
2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3........................................................................... 2-6
2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501 ........................................................... 2-7
2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3 ..................................................... 2-8
2.9 Board Overview with U501............................................................................... 2-9
2.10 Board Overview with Module 3......................................................................... 2-10
2.11 Board Numbers ................................................................................................ 2-11
2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501............................................................... 2-13
2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3 ........................................................ 2-13
2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501 ....................................... 2-14
2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3................................. 2-15
2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-16
2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-17
2.18 Regulation Loops ............................................................................................. 2-18
2.19 Technical Data ................................................................................................. 2-19
2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation ........................................ 2-19
2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA) .................................................................... 2-22
2.19.3 Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with
adapter for lithotripter procedures ..................................................... 2-24
2.19.4 General technical data ...................................................................... 2-24
2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V....... 2-26
2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V....... 2-29
2.19.5 Power plug specification ................................................................... 2-31
2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.6 Laser positioning device ................................................................... 2-32
2.19.7 Dose meter ....................................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.1 VacuDAP ........................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002 .................................................................. 2-34
2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo .................................................................... 2-35
2.19.8 Air kerma........................................................................................... 2-36
2.19.9 Focal spot position ............................................................................ 2-37
2.19.10 Dimensions ....................................................................................... 2-38

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections 3-1
3.1 XP0 Cable ........................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.1 Connectors ........................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2 Wiring ................................................................................................ 3-2
3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 3-3
3.3 CAN Connector ................................................................................................ 3-4
3.4 Grounds Overview............................................................................................ 3-5
3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring ........................................................ 3-6
3.6 Foot Switch Wiring............................................................................................ 3-7
3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch .................................................................................... 3-8
3.8 Module 1........................................................................................................... 3-9
3.8.1 Main connector.................................................................................. 3-9
3.8.2 U333 connectors ............................................................................... 3-10
3.9 Module 2........................................................................................................... 3-16
3.9.1 Connector X60 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.2 Connector X81 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.3 Connector X62 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.4 Connector X83 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.5 Connector X84 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73 ....................................................... 3-18
3.9.7 Connector X74 .................................................................................. 3-18
3.10 Module 3 / U501 ............................................................................................... 3-19
3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17...................................... 3-19
3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9.......................................... 3-19
3.10.3 U180 connector X5 ........................................................................... 3-19
3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12...................................... 3-20
3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3 ......................... 3-20
3.11 Module 4........................................................................................................... 3-21
3.11.1 Link connector C-arm – i.i. housing................................................... 3-21
3.11.2 U316 connector X9 ........................................................................... 3-22
3.11.3 U316 connector X11 ......................................................................... 3-22
3.12 Module 5........................................................................................................... 3-23
3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter .................................. 3-23

4 Power Supply 4-1


4.1 Trafoblech View................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Module 1 Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-3
4.3 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 4-4
4.4 U333 Board versions ........................................................................................ 4-5
4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f............................................................................... 4-6
4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g.............................................................................. 4-7
4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f ........................................................................ 4-8
4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g ....................................................................... 4-9
4.9 Circuit Description ............................................................................................ 4-10
4.9.1 Power-up circuit................................................................................. 4-10
4.9.2 Output switching circuit ..................................................................... 4-11
4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit ................................................................ 4-11
4.10 U333 ................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.10.1 U333f................................................................................................. 4-13
4.10.1.1 U333f board view ............................................................... 4-13
4.10.1.2 U333f board layout............................................................. 4-14
4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF....................................... 4-15
4.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control...................................... 4-16

ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching ..................................... 4-17
4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2 ............................................ 4-18
4.10.2 U333g ............................................................................................... 4-19
4.10.2.1 U333g board view.............................................................. 4-19
4.10.2.2 U333g board layout ........................................................... 4-20
4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF...................................... 4-21
4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control .................................... 4-22
4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching .................................... 4-23
4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2 ........................................... 4-24
4.10.3 U333 jumper settings ........................................................................ 4-25
4.11 U80 (Horn)........................................................................................................ 4-26
4.11.1 U80 schematic .................................................................................. 4-26
4.12 U468 (BG1) ...................................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.1 U468 layout ....................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.2 U468 schematic ................................................................................ 4-28
4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)........................................................................... 4-29
4.13.1 U437 schematic ................................................................................ 4-29
4.13.2 U437 function .................................................................................... 4-29
4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching) .......................................................................... 4-30
4.14.1 U424 schematic ................................................................................ 4-30
4.14.2 U424 function .................................................................................... 4-30
4.15 Module 1 Fuses................................................................................................ 4-31
4.15.1 Transformer fuses ............................................................................. 4-31
4.15.2 Fuses on U333.................................................................................. 4-31
4.15.3 Fuses on chassis .............................................................................. 4-31

5 Module 2 5-1
5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description ....................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.2 Module view ...................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Module 2 Overview........................................................................................... 5-2
5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs ........................................................................... 5-3
5.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 5-4
5.4.1 U325 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-4
5.4.2 U325 functional description............................................................... 5-5
5.4.3 U326 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-6
5.4.4 U326 functional description............................................................... 5-7
5.4.5 U328 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-8
5.4.6 U328 functional description............................................................... 5-9
5.4.7 U334 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-10
5.4.8 U334 functional description............................................................... 5-11
5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels........................................................................... 5-12
5.6 Exchange of boards ......................................................................................... 5-13
5.6.1 Exchange of U325 ............................................................................ 5-13
5.6.2 Exchange of U326 ............................................................................ 5-14
5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic ................................................................................ 5-16
5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams............................................................................... 5-17
5.8.1 U326 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-17
5.8.2 U326 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-18
5.8.3 U326 schematics 3 ........................................................................... 5-19
5.8.4 U326 schematics 4 ........................................................................... 5-20
5.8.5 U325 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-21
5.8.6 U325 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-22

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 iii


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5.8.7 U325 schematics 3............................................................................ 5-23
5.8.8 U325 schematics 4............................................................................ 5-24
5.8.9 U325 schematics 5............................................................................ 5-25
5.8.10 U325 schematics 6............................................................................ 5-26
5.8.11 U325 schematics 7............................................................................ 5-27
5.9 U501 Video Processing Board ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.1 U501 Block Diagram ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.2 Connectors on the front cover ........................................................... 5-29
5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover .................................................................... 5-29

6 Module 3 6-1
6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit .................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 6-1
6.1.2 Module 3 view ................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Module 3 Overview........................................................................................... 6-2
6.3 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 6-3
6.3.1 U180 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-3
6.3.2 U180 functional description ............................................................... 6-4
6.3.3 U321 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-5
6.3.4 U321 functional description ............................................................... 6-6
6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram ................................................................... 6-7
6.4 Exchange of Module 3...................................................................................... 6-8

7 Image Intensifier 7-1


7.1 Parts Location................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 7-2
7.2.1 Functional description ....................................................................... 7-3
7.3 I.I. power supply overview ................................................................................ 7-4
7.3.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-4
7.3.2 Main parts and their functions ........................................................... 7-4
7.4 Hardware description........................................................................................ 7-5
7.4.1 PCBs ................................................................................................. 7-5
7.4.2 U316 LEDs ........................................................................................ 7-5
7.4.3 U316 connectors ............................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4 Connectors cascade ......................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location............................................. 7-6
7.4.5 U316 schematics............................................................................... 7-7
7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1 ..................................................... 7-7
7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2 ..................................................... 7-8
7.5 Adjustments...................................................................................................... 7-9
7.5.1 Potentiometer location ...................................................................... 7-9
7.6 CCD Camera .................................................................................................... 7-9
7.6.1 General description ........................................................................... 7-10
7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance ..................................................... 7-10
7.6.3 Scattered light lens............................................................................ 7-11
7.6.4 Changing the camera ........................................................................ 7-12
7.6.4.1 Removing the camera........................................................ 7-12
7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera ................................................................ 7-13
7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus ......................................................... 7-14
7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube ............................. 7-15
7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements...................................................... 7-16
7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter.......................................... 7-16
7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al............................... 7-16

iv Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator 8-1
8.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 8-2
8.2.1 Generator block diagram................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram ..................................................... 8-3
8.3 Interface Generator – C-Arm Stand ................................................................. 8-4
8.4 Block Diagram Generator – Module 1 / Module 2 ............................................ 8-5
8.5 General PCBs .................................................................................................. 8-6
8.6 Checklist for the Generator .............................................................................. 8-7
8.6.1 U185 test point location .................................................................... 8-8
8.6.2 U185 schematics .............................................................................. 8-9
8.6.3 U185 board layout............................................................................. 8-10
8.7 Measuring kV and mA ...................................................................................... 8-11
8.8 Laser (option) ................................................................................................... 8-13
8.8.1 Generator with laser.......................................................................... 8-13
8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser................................................................ 8-14
8.8.3 Laser block diagram.......................................................................... 8-15
8.8.4 U160 laser control board................................................................... 8-16

9 Virtual Collimator 9-1


9.1 Virtual Collimator View ..................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 9-2
9.3 U517d............................................................................................................... 9-3
9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs ........................... 9-3
9.3.2 Switches............................................................................................ 9-3
9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting .................................................. 9-5
9.3.3 LEDs ................................................................................................. 9-5
9.3.4 Connectors........................................................................................ 9-6
9.4 Changing the Collimator................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.1 Part exchange ................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.2 Mechanical centering ........................................................................ 9-10
9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment ................................................................ 9-11
9.4.4 Preview size adjustment ................................................................... 9-12

10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart 10-1


10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand ................................................................................ 10-1
10.1.1 MST keyboard view........................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 U400 connections ............................................................................. 10-2
10.1.3 U400 block diagram .......................................................................... 10-3
10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart ................................................................................. 10-4
10.2.1 MC keyboard view............................................................................. 10-4
10.2.2 U370 connections ............................................................................. 10-5

11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring 11-1


11.1 General............................................................................................................. 11-1
11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors ....................................... 11-1
11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-2
11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-3
11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors......................................................... 11-4
11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring .......................................................................................... 11-5
11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors............................................................. 11-5
11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC................................................ 11-6
11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors..................................................................... 11-7

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 v


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options) .................... 11-8
11.2.5 U385 wiring ....................................................................................... 11-9
11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables............................................................................. 11-10

12 Video Documentation 12-1


12.1 UP 960.............................................................................................................. 12-1
12.1.1 Front view.......................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-2
12.2 UP 980.............................................................................................................. 12-3
12.2.1 Front view.......................................................................................... 12-3
12.2.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-4
12.2.3 UP 980 configuration......................................................................... 12-5
12.3 VCR .................................................................................................................. 12-6
12.3.1 VCR wiring standard ......................................................................... 12-6
12.3.2 U411 VCR interface .......................................................................... 12-7

13 Monitors 13-1
13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors................................................................................. 13-1
13.1.1 Description ........................................................................................ 13-1
13.1.2 Technical data ................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 Switches ............................................................................................ 13-2
13.1.4 Connectors ........................................................................................ 13-3
13.1.5 On-screen display ............................................................................. 13-4
13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display .................... 13-4
13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings ............................................ 13-5

14 Power Supply 14-1


14.1 View of Power Supply....................................................................................... 14-1
14.2 General Description.......................................................................................... 14-2
14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10 ........................................................... 14-2
14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram ................................................................................ 14-4
14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram................................................. 14-5
14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-5
14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-6
14.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 14-7
14.6.1 Mains input ........................................................................................ 14-7
14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet.................................................................. 14-7
14.6.3 Internal mains distribution ................................................................. 14-7
14.6.4 On/Off connections ........................................................................... 14-8
14.7 Fuses................................................................................................................ 14-9
14.8 U357 schematics .............................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.1 Power-on logic .................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution ................................................... 14-12
14.9 Module 10 Transformers .................................................................................. 14-13
14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V .................................................... 14-13
14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V .................................................... 14-14
14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse ......................................................... 14-15

15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k 15-1


15.1 Features ........................................................................................................... 15-1
15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1 ............................................................................. 15-3
15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2 ............................................................................. 15-4
15.4 Complete Front View Step 1............................................................................. 15-5

vi Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15.5 Complete Front View Step 2 ............................................................................ 15-6
15.6 Side View ......................................................................................................... 15-7
15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-8
15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-9
15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-10
15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-11
15.11 Image Memory Service Settings ...................................................................... 15-12
15.11.1 Overview ........................................................................................... 15-12
15.11.2 Service settings................................................................................. 15-12
15.11.3 Step windowing ................................................................................. 15-13
15.11.4 Filter factors ...................................................................................... 15-15
15.11.4.1Filters for anatomical programs ......................................... 15-16
15.11.4.2Filters for subtraction modes ............................................. 15-19
15.11.4.3Filters for subtraction modes with CO2 .............................. 15-20
15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes........................................ 15-21
15.11.6 DICOM settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.7 System settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.8 Monitor calibration............................................................................. 15-25
15.11.9 HEDIS data ....................................................................................... 15-27
15.11.10 Software update ................................................................................ 15-29
15.12 Displaying Additional Information ..................................................................... 15-30

16 DICOM Configuration Manual 16-1


16.1 DICOM Overview ............................................................................................. 16-1
16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters..................................................................... 16-2
16.3 DICOM Configuration ....................................................................................... 16-4
16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment ......................... 16-4
16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage ........................................................ 16-6
16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve........................................... 16-8
16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS................................................. 16-12
16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers ...................................................... 16-17
16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)................. 16-21

17 DICOM Conformance Statement 17-1

18 Software Tools 18-1


18.1 Exposcop Studio .............................................................................................. 18-1
18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm........................................ 18-1
18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors .................................... 18-1
18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio.................................................................. 18-1
18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface ........................................................ 18-3
18.1.3.1 Main window ...................................................................... 18-3
18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard................................................................. 18-4
18.1.3.3 Status line .......................................................................... 18-4
18.1.3.4 Workspace......................................................................... 18-5
18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software ............................................ 18-6
18.1.4.1 Exposcop ........................................................................... 18-6
18.1.4.2 “Workspace” ...................................................................... 18-8
18.1.4.3 “Settings” ........................................................................... 18-9
18.1.5 “General” tab ..................................................................................... 18-10
18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab................................................................................ 18-11
18.1.7 “Generator” tab ................................................................................. 18-13
18.1.8 “Update” tab ...................................................................................... 18-14

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 vii


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18.1.9 “Options” tab ..................................................................................... 18-16
18.1.9.1 Option bits.......................................................................... 18-16
18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup................................................... 18-19
18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment ...................................... 18-20
18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab ........................................................................... 18-21
18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab ................................................................................. 18-22
18.1.12 “Errors” tab ........................................................................................ 18-23
18.1.13 “Times” tab ........................................................................................ 18-24
18.1.14 “DAP” tab .......................................................................................... 18-25
18.1.15 “CAN” tab .......................................................................................... 18-26
18.1.16 Installation directory .......................................................................... 18-27
18.1.17 Update procedure ............................................................................. 18-28
18.1.18 Offline mode ...................................................................................... 18-29
18.1.18.1Floppy disks for software update ....................................... 18-30
18.1.18.2Options - switch assignment .............................................. 18-31
18.1.19 Problem correction ............................................................................ 18-32
18.2 Integrated Service Functions............................................................................ 18-33
18.2.1 General ............................................................................................. 18-33
18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode.............................................. 18-33
18.2.3 Important keys................................................................................... 18-33
18.2.4 Service programs .............................................................................. 18-34
18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version)............................................. 18-34
18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm) ............... 18-34
18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm) ............... 18-34
18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format) ............... 18-34
18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format) ..................... 18-35
18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1) ............ 18-35
18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2) ............ 18-35
18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment)................................... 18-35
18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment) .............. 18-36
18.2.4.10Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)............... 18-37
18.2.4.11Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)............... 18-37
18.2.4.12Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)............... 18-37
18.2.4.13Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode) ........... 18-38
18.2.4.14Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer) ..................... 18-38
18.2.4.15Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve) ..... 18-38
18.2.4.16Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD) ......... 18-38
18.2.4.17Program 16 (select crosshair Compact) ............................ 18-38

19 Adjustment Instructions 19-1


19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment................................................................................. 19-1
19.1.1 Dose Adjustment ............................................................................... 19-1
19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters............................................. 19-1
19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure............................................... 19-1
19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment .................................... 19-2
19.1.2 Video Adjustment .............................................................................. 19-3
19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters ............................................ 19-3
19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure .............................................. 19-3
19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment................................... 19-4
19.1.4 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000..................................... 19-6
19.1.5 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista Plus................................................... 19-7
19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 ....................................... 19-8
19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus ..................................................... 19-9

viii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19.1.8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 31/23cm............................ 19-10
19.1.9 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 17/15/11 cm...................... 19-11
19.1.10 Ziehm Vista Plus Organ Tables ........................................................ 19-12
19.2 Default Values .................................................................................................. 19-13
19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes ..................................................................... 19-13
19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus .................................................... 19-13
19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings ........................................................................ 19-14
19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels ....................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values ...................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced ............................................... 19-15
19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced ...................................................... 19-15
19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus ...................................................... 19-16

20 Error Messages & Fault Finding 20-1


20.1 General............................................................................................................. 20-1
20.2 Startup phase ................................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.3 Runtime ............................................................................................................ 20-1
20.3.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.3.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS.................................................................... 20-2
20.4.1 Module 2 ........................................................................................... 20-2
20.4.2 Module 15 ......................................................................................... 20-4
20.4.3 Module 3 / U501................................................................................ 20-5
20.4.4 Module 11 ......................................................................................... 20-6
20.5 Fuse List........................................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.1 Module 1 ........................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.2 Module 3 ........................................................................................... 20-10
20.5.3 Module 10 ......................................................................................... 20-10
20.6 Fault finding...................................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.1 Power faults ...................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.2 Module 2 errors ................................................................................. 20-12
20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)........................ 20-15
20.6.4 Module 3 errors ................................................................................. 20-17
20.6.5 U501 errors ....................................................................................... 20-19
20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory).................................................... 20-21
20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)............................................................... 20-23
20.6.8 Radiation errors ................................................................................ 20-24

21 Active Cooling System 21-1


21.1 Active Cooling System ..................................................................................... 21-1
21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system .......................................................... 21-1
21.1.1.1 General .............................................................................. 21-3
21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually ............................................... 21-5
21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant................................................ 21-6
21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant ............................................. 21-7
21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation..................................................... 21-8
21.1.2 Draining the cooling system .............................................................. 21-9

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 ix


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule 22-1
22.1 General requirements....................................................................................... 22-1
22.2 Electrics ............................................................................................................ 22-2
22.3 Mechanics ........................................................................................................ 22-4

Index I

x Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
1
Warnings and
Important Information

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

1.1 Safety Instructions............................................................................................ 1-1


1.2 Warnings .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Required tests after service.............................................................................. 1-2

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
1 Warnings and Important Information

1 Warnings and Important Infor-


mation
1.1 Safety Instructions

This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures necessary for the oper-
ation of the respective medical equipment, since special operating conditions may require further
measures. However, it does contain instructions which must be observed in order to ensure the
personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to avoid damage to property. These
instructions are highlighted as follows:

DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or seri-
ous injury.

CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or mod-
erate injury.

NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.

NOTE
Notes are informative. Additional useful information and hints are provided for the
operator here.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 1-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
1 Warnings and Important Information

1.2 Warnings

WARNING
The monitor cart power module contains live voltage even when the unit is
switched of from the C-arm or monitor cart keyboard or the emergency switch is
pushed in. Be sure to disconnect the unit from the mains supply when performing
service work to the unit.

WARNING
The generator power supply in module 1 contains a large storage capacitor that
filters the line voltage. The capacitor may contain high voltage even after the unit
is disconnected from the mains supply.

WARNING
Modules 1 (mobile stand power supply), 10 (monitor cart power supply) and 5
(X-ray generator) contain dangerous voltages. During operation the voltages
exceed 250 VDC.

WARNING
Parts of the C-arm may be contaminated infectiously. We strongly recommend to
wear disposable vinyl gloves while doing service.

1.3 Required tests after service

The following tests have to be performed after every service:


• Is the mechanics working properly?
• Are all cables (P0, mains and swivel cable) in good condition?
• Are the keyboards working properly?
• Is the printout of the video printer okay (if printer is available)?
• Is the system working fine?
• Perform electrical safety check according to relevant national regulation of the country of
installation
Possible discrepancies must be recorded in the service report.

1-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2
General

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview ....................................................................... 2-1


2.2 Detailed Overview with U501 ........................................................................... 2-2
2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3 ..................................................................... 2-3
2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand ................................................................ 2-4
2.5 Block Diagram with U501 ................................................................................. 2-5
2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3........................................................................... 2-6
2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501 ........................................................... 2-7
2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3 ..................................................... 2-8
2.9 Board Overview with U501............................................................................... 2-9
2.10 Board Overview with Module 3......................................................................... 2-10
2.11 Board Numbers ................................................................................................ 2-11
2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501............................................................... 2-13
2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3 ........................................................ 2-13
2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501 ....................................... 2-14
2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3................................. 2-15
2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-16
2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-17
2.18 Regulation Loops ............................................................................................. 2-18
2.19 Technical Data ................................................................................................. 2-19
2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation ........................................ 2-19
2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA) .................................................................... 2-22
2.19.3Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter
for lithotripter procedures .................................................................. 2-24
2.19.4 General technical data ...................................................................... 2-24
2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V....... 2-26
2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V....... 2-29
2.19.5 Power plug specification ................................................................... 2-31
2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.6 Laser positioning device ................................................................... 2-32
2.19.7 Dose meter ....................................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.1 VacuDAP ........................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002 .................................................................. 2-34
2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo .................................................................... 2-35
2.19.8 Air kerma........................................................................................... 2-36
2.19.9 Focal spot position ............................................................................ 2-37
2.19.10 Dimensions ....................................................................................... 2-38

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2 General
2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview

Fig. 2-1 Mobile stand system overview

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.2 Detailed Overview with U501

Fig. 2-2 Detailed Overview with U501

2-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3

Fig. 2-3 Detailed overview with Module 3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand

Fig. 2-4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand

Modules and parts inside the Ziehm 8000 mobile stand correlate to the drawings above.

2-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.5 Block Diagram with U501

Fig. 2-5 Mobile Stand block diagram with U501

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3

Fig. 2-6 Mobile stand block diagram with Module 3

2-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501

Fig. 2-7 Power distribution overview with U501

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3

Fig. 2-8 Power distribution overview with Module3

2-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.9 Board Overview with U501

Fig. 2-9 Board overview with U501

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.10 Board Overview with Module 3

Fig. 2-10 Board overview with Module 3

2-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.11 Board Numbers

Module Board Description

1 Power Supply

U333 Power supply control

U80 Horn

2 Mobile Stand Control

U325 Mobile stand control

U326 Generator adaption

U327 Interface board

U328 Motherboard

U334 Power supply

U501 Dose and Video control (option)

3 Memory Unit (missing if U501 is equipped)

U180 Memory unit control

U321 CCD processing

U306 Image memory (option)

U313 100Hz converter (option)

4 Image Intensifier

U316 Image intensifier power supply control

U317 Transformer board

U318 High voltage cascade

U160 Laser control & S-distortion correction (option)

5 Generator

U45 Generator interface board

U54 kV control

U43 mA control

U42 Pre-stage

U40 Power stage

U41 Motherboard

U185 Generator filter

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Module Board Description

6 Keyboard

U400 Keyboard mobile stand

9 Monitor Options

E891 Controller inside the VM4402 monitor

E890 VM 4402 chassis board

E889 VM 4402 CRT board

10 Power Supply Monitor Cart

U357 Power supply control

11 Digital Imaging System general

U385 Interface to mobile stand

Digital Imaging System V2 ½K Step 1

U359 Frame grabber

U816 Rotation/DSA/Display Board

Digital Imaging System V2 ½K Step 2

U544 Frame grabber

U616 Rotation/DSA/Display Board

15 Vision Track

U517 Gen. Collimator Control

U608 Gen. Collimator Control (Z-Servos)

MC Monitor Cart

U406 Coax adapter for external video socket

U533 DICOM connection wall outlet (optionally)

2-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501

Module Name PCB/Module CAN Node CPU


Number Number Type

Module 2, CPU U325 3 LUCY

Module 2, U501 13 LUCY


Dose and Video processing

Module 6, MS keyboard U400 8 LUCY

Module 15, Virtual Collimator U517c 10 HC08

Module 11, Image Memory U385 6 LUCY

2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3

Module Name PCB/Module CAN Node CPU


Number Number Type

Module 2, CPU U325 3 LUCY

Module 3, Memory unit U180 13 LUCY

Module 6, MS keyboard U400 8 LUCY

Module 15, Virtual Collimator U517c 10 HC08

Module 11, Image Memory U385 6 LUCY

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501

Fig. 2-11 CAN bus distribution in the C-arm stand with U501

2-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3

Fig. 2-12 CAN bus distribution in the C-arm stand with Module 3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand

Fig. 2-13 Video distribution in the C-arm stand

2-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand

Fig. 2-14 Video distribution in the C-arm stand

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.18 Regulation Loops

Fig. 2-15 Regulation loops

2-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19 Technical Data

2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation

Voltage / frequency rating 230 VAC ±10%, 50/60 Hz

Power supply fuse rating C 16 A

Required residual current IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA


circuit breaker (RCD)

Typical current 8 A continuous, 15 A momentary


consumption
System

Internal fusing 15 A, fast (2 pcs.)

Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.6 Ω

Equipment protection Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment,


classification continuous operation

Radiation controlled area 23/31 cm i.i.: 4m


(with generator in
lowermost position and 15 cm i.i.: 3m
C-arm vertical)

Power Fluoroscopy: 40–110 kV / 0.2–6 mA


Direct radiography: 40–110 kV / 20 mA
Single pulse: 40–110 kV / 8 mA / 1 s
Operating frequency: 20 kHz

Max. operating data Fluoroscopy: 110 kV / 0.2–6 mA


Direct radiography: 110 kV / 20 mA / 0.1–4 s
Generator

Max. power output Fluoroscopy: 660 W


Single pulse: 880 W
Direct radiography: 2200 W

Nominal electric power 2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s

X-ray tube Dual-focus stationary-anode tube

Focal spot nominal size Fluoroscopy: 0.6 mm


Direct radiography: 1.5 mm

Total filtration ≥ 4 mm aluminum equivalent, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Tube Input screen: Cesium iodide


Image intensifier

Nominal sizes: 31 / 23 / (15) cm or


23 / 15 / (10) cm or
15 / 10 cm

Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40

Flatscreen monitors Screen size: 46 cm (18.1")


Luminance: 600 Cd/m2
Resolution: 1280 × 1024 pixels
Monitors

Refresh rate: 75 Hz

CRT monitors Screen size: 44 cm (17")


Bandwidth: 45 MHz
Resolution: 625 lines
Refresh rate: 75 Hz (non-interlaced)

Compaq Evo D 500 or For technical data, see documentation of PC


similar models manufacturer
PC Workstation (Ziehm Vista Workstation only)

Default settings: Screen resolution:


1280 × 1024 pixels with
16 bit color depth
No screen saver
No standby mode

PC keyboard: Integrated in monitor cart

DICOM interface: RJ45

Software: Operating system:


Microsoft® Windows® 2000
Monitor driver:
Pivot Pro (for rotating the
image)
DICOM Workstation:
e-Film for image viewing
and editing

During storage and Temperature: –5°C to +55°C


Environmental

transport
conditions

Relative air humidity: 20–70%

During operation Temperature: +10°C to +35°C


Relative air humidity: 20–70%

2-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

C-arm Source/image receptor 97 cm


distance:

Vertical free space 76 cm


(generator/i.i.):
C-arm depth: 68 cm
Orbital rotation: 115° / 135° a
Angulation: ±225°
Swiveling (panning): ±10°
Dimensions

Horizontal movement: 22 cm
Vertical movement: 43 cm / 63 cm a

C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i. Width: 80 cm


Depth: 230 cm
Height: 214 cm
with 31 cm i.i. Width: 80 cm
Depth: 236 cm
Height: 219 cm

Monitor cart Ziehm Vista, Width: 71 cm


Ziehm Vista Workstation Depth: 69.5 cm
Height: 169 cm

C-arm stand Ziehm Vista approx. 286 kg (23 cm i.i.)

Monitor cart Ziehm Vista approx. 177 kg


Weight

with flatscreen monitors:


Ziehm Vista approx. 196 kg
with CRT monitors:
Ziehm Vista Workstation: approx. 180 kg
a. Option, not available for 31 cm i.i. systems

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA)

Voltage / frequency rating 120 VAC ± 10%, 230 VAC ± 10%,


50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Power supply fuse rating C 20 A C 16 A

Required residual current IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA


circuit breaker (RCD)

Typical current 10 A continuous, 8 A continuous,


consumption 20 A momentary 15 A momentary
System

Internal fusing 20 A, fast (2 pcs.) 15 A, fast (2 pcs.)

Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.3 Ω ≤ 0.6 Ω

Equipment protection Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment,


classification continuous operation

Radiation controlled area 23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m 23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m


(with generator in
lowermost position and 15 cm i.i.: 3 m 15 cm i.i.: 3 m
C-arm vertical)

Power

Fluoroscopy: 40–110 kV / 0.1–6 mA 40–110 kV / 0.2–6 mA

Direct radiography: 40–110 kV / 18–20 mA 40–110 kV / 20 mA

Operating frequency: 20 kHz

Max. operating data

Fluoroscopy: 110 kV / 0.2–6 mA 110 kV / 0.2–6 mA

Direct radiography: 110 kV / 8 mA 110 kV / 20 mA

Exposure time: 0.1–4 s 0.1–4 s


Generator

Max. power output

Fluoroscopy: 660 W 650 W

Direct radiography: 1980 W 2200 W

Single pulse: 880 W 880 W

Nominal electric power 2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s

X-ray tube Dual-focus stationary-anode tube DF-151-R

Focal spot nominal size Fluoroscopy: 0.5 or 0.6 mm (depending on the X-ray
tube)
Direct radiography: 1.5 mm

Total filtration ≥ 4 mm aluminum equivalent, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm

2-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

intensifier Tube Scintillator: Cesium iodide


Image

Nominal sizes: 23 / 15 cm

Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40

Flatscreen monitors

Screen size: 46 cm (18.1")


Monitors

Luminance: 600 Cd/m2


Resolution: 1280 × 1024 pixels
Refresh rate: 75 Hz

During storage Temperature: –5°C to +55°C


Environmental

and transport
conditions

Relative air humidity: 20–70%

During operation Temperature: +10°C to +35°C


Relative air humidity: 20–70%

C-arm Source/image receptor distance: 97 cm


Vertical free space (generator/i.i.): 76 cm
C-arm depth: 68 cm
Orbital rotation: 115 / 135°
Angulation: ± 225°
Dimensions

Swiveling (panning): ±10°


Horizontal movement: 22 cm
Vertical movement: 43 cm

C-arm stand Width: 80 cm


Depth: 230 cm
Height: 214 cm

Monitor cart Width: 71 cm


Depth: 69.5 cm
Height: 169 cm

C-arm stand Ziehm Vista Plus: approx. 286 kg


Weight

Monitor cart Ziehm Vista Plus: approx. 177 kg

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.3 Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for
lithotripter procedures

2.19.4 General technical data

Tube
Image intensifier

Scintillator Cesium iodide


Nominal sizes 23 / 15 / 10 cm
Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40

24" flat-screen monitors


Display measurements 520 mm × 325 mm (20.4” × 12.8”)
Screen size (diagonal) 610 mm (24")
Monitors on monitor cart

Luminance max. 400 Cd/m2


Refresh rate 85 Hz
Resolution in pixels 1920 × 1200
18.1" flat-screen monitors
Display measurements 300 mm × 360 mm (11,45” × 14,28”)
Screen size (diagonal) 460 mm (18.1")
Luminance max. 600 Cd/m2
Refresh rate 75 Hz
Resolution in pixels 1280 × 1024
Flat-screen monitor
Display measurements 300 mm × 360 mm (11,45” × 14,28”)
Compact
monitors

Screen size (diagonal) 460 mm (18.1")


Luminance max. 600 Cd/m2
Refresh rate 75 Hz
Resolution in pixels 1280 × 1024
CCIR, 50 Hz refresh rate, like PAL, no color
Video standard

EIA 343, 60 Hz refresh rate, like NTSC, no color


output

Table 2-1 General technical data of Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for
lithotripter procedures

2-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

During storage/transport
Environmental

Temperature –5°C to +55°C


conditions

Relative air humidity 20 % – 70 %


During operation
Temperature +13°C to +35°C
Relative air humidity 20 % – 70 %
C-arm
Source/image receptor distance
970 mm
Vertical free space (generator/i.i.)
760 mm
C-arm depth 680 mm
Dimensions

Orbital rotation
Ziehm 8000 23 cm image intensifier: 135° (+45° – -90°)
Ziehm Compact 23 cm image intensifier: 115° (+25° – -90°)
Ziehm Compact with adapter for 23 cm image intensifier: 115° (+25° – -90°)
lithotripter procedures
Angulation ±225°
Swiveling (panning) ±10°
Horizontal movement 220 mm
Vertical movement 420 mm
C-arm stand
Ziehm 8000 23 cm image intensifier: approx. 264 kg
Ziehm Compact 23 cm image intensifier: approx. 270 kg
Ziehm Compact with adapter for 23 cm image intensifier: approx. 280 kg
Weight

lithotripter procedures
Monitor cart
Ziehm Vista with 24" flat-screen approx. 150 kg
monitor
Ziehm Vista with 18.1" flat-screen approx. 153 kg
monitor
Table 2-1 General technical data of Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for
lithotripter procedures (cont.)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-25


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V

Systems with a voltage / 100 VAC ± 10%, 120 VAC ± 10%, 200 VAC ± 10%,
frequency rating of: 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Power supply fuse C 20 A or C 32 A C 20 A C 20 A or C 32 A
rating
(tripping characteristic C acc. to VDE 0641, Part 11; DIN EN
60898 + IEC 898)
Required residual IN ≥ 20 A, IN ≥ 20 A, IN ≥ 16 A,
current circuit
breaker (RCD) IAN = 30 mA IAN = 30 mA IAN = 30 mA

Typical current consumption


14 A continuous, 14 A continuous, 10 A continuous,
22 A momentary 22 A momentary 16 A momentary
Power supply in standby mode
410 VA (4,3 A) 460 VA (3,8 A) 460 VA (2,3 A)
System

The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.


Power input fuse
20 A slow 20 A slow 15 A slow
Maximum line ≤ 0.3 Ω ≤ 0.3 Ω ≤ 0.6 Ω
impedance
Equipment Protection Class I, Type B, ordinary equipment, continuous
protection operation
classification
Radiation controlled area (with generator in lowermost position and C-arm
vertical)
15 cm image intensifier: 3 m
23 cm image
intensifier: 4 m
Table 2-2 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V

2-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Systems with a voltage / 100 VAC ± 10%, 120 VAC ± 10%, 200 VAC ± 10%,
frequency rating of: 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Power
Direct radiography
40–110 kV
20 mA min.
0,1 - 4 s
Continuous fluoroscopy
40–110 kV
0.1–6 mA
Single pulse fluoroscopy (snapshot)
40–110 kV
8 mA
1s
Operating 20 kHz
frequency
DC-HV ripple 40 kHz
Max. operating data
Fluoroscopy
Generator

110 kV / 6 mA
Direct radiography
110 kV / 20 mA
Digital radiography
110 kV / 8 mA
Max. power output
Fluoroscopy
660 W
(110 kV / 6 mA)
Direct radiography
2200 W
(110 kV / 20 mA)
Digital radiography
880 W
(110 kV / 8 mA)
Nominal electric power
2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s
Table 2-2 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V (cont.)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-27


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Systems with a voltage / 100 VAC ± 10%, 120 VAC ± 10%, 200 VAC ± 10%,
frequency rating of: 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
X-ray tube
Dual-focus stationary-anode tube
Focal spot nominal size, in relation to reference axis
Fluoroscopy: 0.5 acc. to IEC 336
Direct radiography: 1,5 acc. to IEC 336
Anode angle, in relation to reference axis
Generator

12°
Anode material
Tungsten
Total filtration
≥ 3.9 mm Al, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm
Maximum X-ray tube loading factors for
1h; 3 mA at 110 kV 10800 mAs/h
Table 2-2 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V (cont.)

2-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V

Systems with a voltage / 220 VAC ± 10%, 230 VAC ± 10%, 240 VAC ± 10%,
frequency rating of: 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Power supply fuse C 16 A (tripping characteristic C acc. to VDE 0641, Part 11; DIN
rating EN 60898 + IEC 898)
Required residual IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA
current circuit
breaker (RCD)
Typical current 10 A continuous,
consumption 16 A momentary
Power supply in standby mode
approx. 370 VA (approx. 1.6 A)
The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.
System

Power input fuse 15 A slow


Maximum line ≤ 0.6 Ω
impedance
Equipment Protection Class I, Type B, ordinary equipment, continuous
protection operation
classification
Radiation controlled area (with generator in lowermost position and C-arm
vertical)
15 cm image intensifier: 3 m
23 cm image
intensifier: 4 m
Power
Direct radiography
40–110 kV
20 mA,
0.1–4 s
Fluoroscopy
Generator

40–110 kV
0.1–6 mA
Digital radiography (snapshot)
40–110 kV
8 mA
1s
Operating 20 kHz
frequency
DC-HV ripple 40 kHz
Table 2-3 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-29


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Systems with a voltage / 220 VAC ± 10%, 230 VAC ± 10%, 240 VAC ± 10%,
frequency rating of: 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Max. operating data
Fluoroscopy
110 kV / 6 mA
Direct radiography
110 kV / 20 mA
Digital radiography
110 kV / 8 mA
Max. power output
Fluoroscopy
660 W (110 kV / 6 mA)
Direct radiography
2200 W (110 kV / 20 mA)
Digital radiography
880 W (110 kV / 8 mA)
Generator

Nominal electric power


2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s
X-ray tube
Dual-focus stationary-anode tube
Focal spot nominal size, in relation to reference axis
Fluoroscopy: 0.5 acc. to IEC 336
Direct radiography: 1,5 acc. to IEC 336
Anode angle, in relation to reference axis
12°
Anode material
Tungsten
Total filtration
≥ 3.9 mm Al, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm
Maximum X-ray tube loading factors for
1h; 3 mA at 110 kV 10800 mAs/h
Table 2-3 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V (cont.)

2-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.5 Power plug specification

2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V

Cables 2.5 mm2


three-wire
supply voltage: two wires
ground wire: one wire

Phase single-phase

Strain relief required

Voltage 125 VAC

Dielectric strength > 2000 V

Current-carrying capacity 15 A continuous (min.)

Flammability rating acc. to UL 2305 OEM

Temperature –40°C to +80°C

Mark of conformity VDE or equivalent safety testing and national mark of conformity
of country of installation (if required)

Degree of protection IP 20 or higher

2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V

Cables 2.5 mm2


three-wire
supply voltage: two wires
ground wire: one wire

Phase single-phase

Strain relief required

Voltage 250 VAC

Dielectric strength > 2000 V

Current-carrying capacity 16 A continuous (min.)

Flammability rating acc. to UL 94 V0

Temperature –40°C to +80°C

Mark of conformity VDE or equivalent safety testing and national mark of conformity
of country of installation (if required)

Degree of protection IP 20 or higher

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-31


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.6 Laser positioning device

Laser Class Class 2M acc. to IEC 60825-1:2001

Max. power output < 1 mW


of continuous laser radiation, mea-
sured at the laser beam apertures

Wavelength of the radiation 635 nm

2-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.7 Dose meter

2.19.7.1 VacuDAP

Additional absorption 2.8 mm Al

Sensitivity ≥ 800 pC / mGy•cm2


(75 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)

Measuring range of DAP 0.1–104 mGy • cm2/s


power

Voltage range 35–150 kV

Voltage correction → Fig. 2-16, p. 2-33

Aluminum equivalent < 0.4 mm

Voltage correction
Additional absorption: 2.8 mm Al filtration
Correction factor

Fig. 2-16 Voltage correction of VacuDAP dose meter

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-33


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002

Additional absorption 3 mm Al

Sensitivity ≥ 700 pC / mGy•cm2


(75 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)

Measuring range of DAP 0.1–104 mGy • cm2/s


power

Voltage range 40–150 kV

Voltage correction → Fig. 2-17, p. 2-34

Aluminum equivalent < 0.4 mm

Voltage correction
Additional absorption: 3 mm Al filtration
Correction factor

Fig. 2-17 Voltage correction of VacuDAP 2002 dose meter

2-34 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo

Additional absorption 2.8 mm Al

Sensitivity ≥ 1350 pC / mGy•cm2


(70 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)

Measuring range of DAP 0.75•10-2 – 0.3•104 mG•cm2/s


power

Voltage range 40–110 kV

Voltage correction → Fig. 2-18, p. 2-35

Aluminum equivalent 0.5 mm

Voltage correction
Additional absorption: 2.8 mm Al filtration
Additional absorption: 2.8 mm + 1 mm Al filtration
Correction factor

X-ray tube voltage U [kV]

Fig. 2-18 Voltage correction of VacuDAP duo dose meter

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-35


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.8 Air kerma

In compliance with the requirements of international standards (e.g. 21 CFR 1020.32-d (1), IEC 60601-
2-43), Ziehm fluoroscopy systems with automatic dose rate control are not operable at any combina-
tion of tube voltage and tube current which will result in an exposure rate in excess of 88 mGy/min at
the point where the center of the useful beam enters the patient, referred to the interventional reference
point.

Image intensifier
input plane

Lead
blocker

Dose probe
Interventional
reference point

Focal spot

Fig. 2-19 Interventional reference point

The air kerma that is displayed on the system’s user interface refers to the interventional reference
point according to IEC 60601-2-43 and 21 CFR 1020.32-d.

Air kerma deviation


Deviation in %

Voltage in kV

Fig. 2-20 Typical deviation of dose as compared to an external calibrated measurement sys-
tem

2-36 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.9 Focal spot position

7° 7°

Reference axis

Fig. 2-21 Focal spot position on systems with 23 cm i.i.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-37


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

2.19.10 Dimensions

Ziehm Vista C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.

Fig. 2-22 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista C-arm stand on systems with 23 cm i.i.

Ziehm Vista C-arm stand with 31 cm i.i.

225° 225°
25° 90°
10° 10°

Fig. 2-23 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista C-arm stand on systems with 31 cm i.i.

2-38 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Ziehm Vista monitor cart with flatscreen monitors

Fig. 2-24 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista monitor cart with flatscreen monitors

Ziehm Vista monitor cart with CRT monitors (n/a for USA)

Fig. 2-25 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista monitor cart with twin CRT monitors (n/a for USA)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-39


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart

Fig. 2-26 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart

Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.


450
420

1710 - 2130
745
970

925
345

760

520 - 940
305

155

800

Fig. 2-27 Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand on systems with 23 cm i.i.

2-40 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm movements

Fig. 2-28 Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm movements on systems with 23 cm i.i.

Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm position

Fig. 2-29 Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm position

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-41


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 23" flat-screen monitor

Fig. 2-30 Dimensions of a Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 23" flat-screen monitor

2-42 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 24" flat-screen monitor

Fig. 2-31 Dimensions of a Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 24" flat-screen monitor

Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors

Fig. 2-32 Dimensions of a Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 2-43


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General

Ziehm Compact with flat-screen monitor and 23 cm i.i.

450
420
45 130

1710 - 2130
745
970

925
345

760

520 - 940
305

155

Fig. 2-33 Dimensions of a Ziehm Compact with flat-screen monitor and 23 cm i.i.

Ziehm Compact with adapter for lithotripter procedures and 23 cm i.i.

225° 225°
25° 90°
0° 0°
450
230

130
1725 - 1955

0
130
745

45
970

680
925

535 - 765
760
345

212
155

400 267
420
1600 700
2060 800

Fig. 2-34 Dimensions of Ziehm Compact with adapter for lithotripter procedures and 23 cm i.i.

2-44 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3
Mobile Stand
Connections

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

3.1 XP0 Cable ........................................................................................................ 3-1


3.1.1 Connectors........................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2 Wiring ................................................................................................ 3-2
3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 3-3
3.3 CAN Connector ................................................................................................ 3-4
3.4 Grounds Overview............................................................................................ 3-5
3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring........................................................ 3-6
3.6 Foot Switch Wiring ........................................................................................... 3-7
3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch.................................................................................... 3-8
3.8 Module 1........................................................................................................... 3-9
3.8.1 Main connector ................................................................................. 3-9
3.8.2 U333 connectors ............................................................................... 3-10
3.9 Module 2........................................................................................................... 3-16
3.9.1 Connector X60 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.2 Connector X81 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.3 Connector X62 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.4 Connector X83 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.5 Connector X84 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73 ....................................................... 3-18
3.9.7 Connector X74 .................................................................................. 3-18
3.10 Module 3 / U501 ............................................................................................... 3-19
3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17...................................... 3-19
3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9.......................................... 3-19
3.10.3 U180 connector X5 ........................................................................... 3-19
3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12...................................... 3-20
3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3 ......................... 3-20
3.11 Module 4........................................................................................................... 3-21
3.11.1 Link connector C-arm – i.i. housing................................................... 3-21
3.11.2 U316 connector X9 ........................................................................... 3-22
3.11.3 U316 connector X11 ......................................................................... 3-22
3.12 Module 5........................................................................................................... 3-23
3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter .................................. 3-23

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3 Mobile Stand Connections


3.1 XP0 Cable

3.1.1 Connectors

Fig. 3-1 XP0 cable connector assignment

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.1.2 Wiring

Fig. 3-2 XP0 cable wiring mobile stand

3-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram

Fig. 3-3 C-arm wiring diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.3 CAN Connector

Fig. 3-4 CAN connector

CAN connectors are:


• X70, X71, X72, X73 on U327 of module 2
• X74 on U327 of module 2
• X10, X13 on U333 of module 1
• X7 on U180 of module 2
• X1 on U400 of module 6

NOTE
X74 is only to connect the monitor cart via the XP0 connector.
On this connector Pin 2 is CAN sense (→ Ch. 3.9.7, p. 3-18).

3-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.4 Grounds Overview

Fig. 3-5 Grounds overview

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring

Fig. 3-6 Hand switch & CAN bus interface wiring

X5 is the hand switch socket of the C-arm.


It is also used to connect a notebook for service purposes.

3-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.6 Foot Switch Wiring

Fig. 3-7 Foot switch wiring

X1 is the foot switch socket of the C-arm.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch

Fig. 3-8 Four-pedal foot switch

NOTE
Systems equipped with a four-pedal foot switch do not support a hand switch.
The hand switch socket is only used as a CAN bus interface for service.

3-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.8 Module 1

3.8.1 Main connector

d Name b Name z Name


2 CAN-L CANL 2 CAN-H CANH 2 CAN Reserve

4 +5 V for CAN CAN+5V 4 4 /CAN fault

6 GND for CAN CANGND 6 6 /CAN radiation

+18 V GND +18 V +24 V


8 +18VB 8 GND18VB 8
for Horn for horn stabilized

GND for +24 V


10 +18 V +18VB 10 GND +18 V GND18VB 10
stabilized

GND
12 /Pump OPUMPE 12 PUMGND 12
for /pump

+24 V GND +24 V GND


14 +24V~ 14 14 /power off
from rectifier from rectifier +24 VAC

+24 V GND +24 V GND


16 +24V~ 16 16 /power on
from rectifier from rectifier +24 VAC

/power GND for power


18 POWER2 18 horn 18
switching 2 on / power off

/power GND for


20 POWER1 20 dose rate serial KX_SIGN 20
switching 1 DAP meter

GND for dose rate dose rate


22 GNDD 22 KX_TST1 22
Analog Aux. /Test1 /Test2

Analog Aux. dose rate +18 V


24 ANA_AUX 24 KX_RES 24
input /Reset for DAP meter

AC supply
AC. E5 AC. E6 voltage 1
26 E5 26 E6 26
for +5 V Video for +5 V Video for rotation
(Compact)

AC supply
AC. E4 voltage 2
28 E4 28 28
for ±5 V dig. for rotation
(Compact)

AC. E3 AC. E8
30 E3 30 30
for ±5 V dig. for ±5 V Video

AC. E1 AC. E2 AC. E7


32 E1 32 E2 32
for +5 V CAN for +5 V CAN for ±5 V Video

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.8.2 U333 connectors

X1: Mains input connector

STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388

Pin 1: 230 V L1

Pin 2: 110 V L1

Pin 3: 110 V N

Pin 4: 230 V N

X2: To TR1

STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388

Pin 1: 230 V

Pin 2: 110 V

Pin 3: 0V

Pin 4: Not used

X5: To Compact unit

MSTB2,5/3 connector
Part Number: 21368

Pin 1: SL

Pin 2: 0V

Pin 3: 230 V

X6 and X8

RM6006 connector
Part Number: 23097

X6: To softstart resistor

X8: To softstart resistor

3-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

X7: To TR 2

STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388

Pin 1: 230 V from Tr1

Pin 2: 0 V from TR1

Pin 3: To F1 of TR2

Pin 4: PE to chassis

X9: TR1 generator supply

STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388

Pin 1: From GL2~

Pin 2: From TR1 90 V

Pin 3: From TR1 136 V

Pin 4: From TR1 195 V

X10: CAN to keyboard

6410-8 molex connector


Part Number: 21212

Pin 1: CAN-shield

Pin 2: CAN +5 V br

Pin 3: CAN-GND wh

Pin 4: not used

Pin 5: CAN-H pi

Pin 6: CAN-L gr

Pin 7: CAN-STÖR yl

Pin 8: CAN-STR gn

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

X11: From main connector

MLSS100-07 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21354

Pin 1: NETZEIN z16 yl

Pin 2: NETZAUS z14 gn

Pin 3: EAGND z18 bk

Pin 4: not used

Pin 5: /PWR2 d18 yl

Pin 6: /PWR1 d20 gn

Pin 7: GND24V b14 bk

X12: From GL4

MLSS156-04 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21313

Pin 1: not used

Pin 2: not used

Pin 3: From GL4 +

Pin 4: From GL4 -

X13: CAN from main connector

6410-8 molex connector


Part Number: 21212

Pin 1: CAN-shield

Pin 2: CAN +5 V d4 br

Pin 3: CAN-GND d6 wh

Pin 4: not used

Pin 5: CAN-H b2 pi

Pin 6: CAN-L d2 gr

Pin 7: CAN-STÖR z4 yl

Pin 8: CAN-STR z6 gn

3-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

X15 and X16

RM6006 connector
Part Number: 23097

X15: To Generator -

X16: To Generator +

X17: To keyboard 2

609-1027 flat cable connector


Part Number: 21090

Pin 1: Mains on

Pin 2: Mains off

Pin 3: EAGND

Pin 4: Mains LED

Pin 5: Lift +

Pin 6: Lift

Pin 7: Lift

Pin 8: Lift -

Pin 9: +18 V GND

Pin 10: +18 V

X18: Limit switch lift motor

MLSS100-04 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21329

Pin 1: lift -

Pin 2: down

Pin 3: lift +

Pin 4: up

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

X14: To electrolytic capacitor

STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388

Pin 1: From GL2 -

Pin 2: to electrolytic capacitor -

Pin 3: From GL2 +

Pin 4: to electrolytic capacitor +

X19: Via main connector to image processing

MLSS156-02 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21326

Pin 1: +18 V

Pin 2: 0V

X20: to water pump

MLSS156-02 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21326

Pin 1: approx +30 V if pump is switched on

Pin 2: 0V

X21 and X22

RM6006 connector
Part Number: 23097

X21: To lift motor rd

X22: To lift motor gn

X23: Lift motor supply

STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388

Pin 1: from GL1 + bk

Pin 2: to R02 br

Pin 3: from GL1 - bk

Pin 4: to R01 br

3-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

X24: From GL3

MLSS156-04 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21313

Pin 1: From GL3 +

Pin 2: From GL3 -

Pin 3: to main connector d16

Pin 4: to main connector b16

X26: To transformer thermo switch

MLSS100-02 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21335

Pin 1: From TR1

Pin 2: To NEAGND

X27: From GL1 (Only U333g and above)

MLSS156-02 Panduit connector


Part Number: 21326

Pin 1: From GL1 ~

Pin 2: From GL1 ~

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.9 Module 2

3.9.1 Connector X60

Power supply for module 003

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 GND18VB ground for +18 V

3 +18VB +18 V DC +18 V Pin 1

4 +18VB +18 V DC +18 V Pin 1

3.9.2 Connector X81

Connector to generator

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

GNDGEN
1 KVMASSE ground for ma. actual value DC 0.7 V DC 0.7 V
X63 Pin 3

2 KVSOLL kV nominal value DC 8.5 to 13 V DC 8.5 to 13 V GNDGEN

3 STÖRUNG fault line from generator DC 0.5 V DC 5 V GNDGEN

4 STRAHL radiation on DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

5 MAIST ma. actual value GNDGEN

6 VORB radiation preparation DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

7 0.5MA overheat DC 0.5 V DC 5 V GNDGEN

+5 V for iris diaphragm


8 +5V_IRIS DC 5 V DC 5 V GND_IRIS
position sensor

ground for iris diaphragm


9 GND_IRIS
position sensor

iris diaphragm
10 IRIS_IST DC 0 V – 5 V DC 0 V – 5 V GND_IRIS
position sensor

11 IRIS_ZU close iris diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

12 IRIS_AUF open iris diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

13 SCHL_ZU close slot diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

14 SCHL_RE open slot diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

15 SCHL_LI rotate slot diaphragm left DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

16 SCHL_AUF rotate slot diaphragm right DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN

3-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.9.3 Connector X62

Power supply for generator

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 UH filament voltage DC 9 V – 20 V Pin 3

2 +15VGEN +15 V generator supply +15 V Pin 3

3 GNDGEN ground

3.9.4 Connector X83

Foot switch 1 and 2

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

DC 3.2 V
1 FUSS_1 foot switch 1 DC 1.75 V Pin 2
if connected

2 ISOGND ground

DC 3.2 V
3 FUSS_2 foot switch 2 DC 1.75 V Pin 4
if connected

4 ISOGND ground

3.9.5 Connector X84

Hand switch 1 and 2

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

DC 3.2 V
1 HAND_1 hand switch 1 DC 1.75 V Pin 2
if connected

2 ISOGND ground

DC 3.2 V
3 HAND_2 hand switch 2 DC 1.75 V Pin 4
if connected

4 ISOGND ground

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73

CAN bus

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 C_SCHIRM shield to ground

2 CAN+5V +5 V DC +5 V Pin 3

3 CANGND ground

4 CANRESV reserve not used not used

5 CANH CAN bus data H pulses Pin 3

6 CANL CAN bus data L pulses Pin 3

7 CANSTÖR fault TTL Low TTL High Pin 3

8 CANSTR radiation TTL Low TTL High Pin 3

3.9.7 Connector X74

CAN bus to P0 cable

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 C_SCHIRM shield to ground

DC +1 V DC +5 V
C-arm / monitor cart
2 CAN sense Monitor cart Monitor cart Pin 3
detection
connected not connected

3 CANGND ground

4 CANRESV reserve not used not used

5 CANH CAN bus data H pulses Pin 3

6 CANL CAN bus data L pulses Pin 3

7 CANSTÖR fault TTL Low TTL High Pin 3

8 CANSTR radiation TTL Low TTL High Pin 3

3-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.10 Module 3 / U501

Signals on Module 3 are identical to signals on U501.


Either Module 3 or U501 is equipped.

3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17

Supply image intensifier power block

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 GND ground

2 Magnifier1 switch to magnifier 1 DC 0 V DC 10.7 V Pin 1

3 H Sync horizontal sync 5 Vss Pin 1

4 Magnifier2 switch to magnifier 2 DC 0 V DC 10.7 V Pin 1

4 18V 18 V supply voltage DC 18 V Pin 1

3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9

Control CCD iris

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 + iris motor Pin 2


open and close CCD iris
2 - iris motor Pin 1

3 GND ground

iris
4 sliding contact DC 0 V – 5 V Pin 3
potentiometer

supply for
5 +5V DC 5 V Pin 3
iris potentiometer

3.10.3 U180 connector X5

Supply memory unit

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 GND18V ground

2 +18V 18 V supply voltage DC 18 V Pin 1

3 +18V 18 V supply voltage DC 18 V Pin 1

4 not used

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12

AGC out

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

AGC out AGC control for CCD chip

3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3

Video

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

X7 Video in video input

X3 Video out video output 1Vss

3-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.11 Module 4

3.11.1 Link connector C-arm – i.i. housing

Fig. 3-9 Connection between II Housing and C-Profile

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.11.2 U316 connector X9

Supply CCD camera

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 GND ground

2 H Sync horizontal sync

3 GND ground

supply voltage
4 12V DC 12 V Pin 1
CCD camera

5 GND ground

supply voltage
6 12V DC 12 V Pin 1
CCD camera

3.11.3 U316 connector X11

Control CCD iris

Pin signal description level active level not active reference

1 + iris motor Pin 2


open and close CCD iris
2 - iris motor Pin 1

3 GND ground

iris sliding contact of


4 DC 0 V – 5 V Pin 3
potentiometer iris potentiometer

supply for
5 +5V DC 5 V Pin 3
iris potentiometer

3-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3.12 Module 5

3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter

Fig. 3-10 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 3-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections

3-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4
Power Supply

Module 1

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

4.1 Trafoblech View................................................................................................ 4-1


4.2 Module 1 Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-3
4.3 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 4-4
4.4 U333 Board versions........................................................................................ 4-5
4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f............................................................................... 4-6
4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g.............................................................................. 4-7
4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f ........................................................................ 4-8
4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g ....................................................................... 4-9
4.9 Circuit Description ............................................................................................ 4-10
4.9.1 Power-up circuit ................................................................................ 4-10
4.9.2 Output switching circuit ..................................................................... 4-11
4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit ................................................................ 4-11
4.10 U333................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.10.1 U333f ................................................................................................ 4-13
4.10.1.1 U333f board view............................................................... 4-13
4.10.1.2 U333f board layout ............................................................ 4-14
4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF....................................... 4-15
4.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control ..................................... 4-16
4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching ..................................... 4-17
4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2 ............................................ 4-18
4.10.2 U333g ............................................................................................... 4-19
4.10.2.1 U333g board view.............................................................. 4-19
4.10.2.2 U333g board layout ........................................................... 4-20
4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF...................................... 4-21
4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control .................................... 4-22
4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching .................................... 4-23
4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2 ........................................... 4-24
4.10.3 U333 jumper settings ........................................................................ 4-25
4.11 U80 (Horn)........................................................................................................ 4-26
4.11.1 U80 schematic .................................................................................. 4-26
4.12 U468 (BG1) ...................................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.1 U468 layout ....................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.2 U468 schematic ................................................................................ 4-28
4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)........................................................................... 4-29
4.13.1 U437 schematic ................................................................................ 4-29
4.13.2 U437 function .................................................................................... 4-29
4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching) .......................................................................... 4-30
4.14.1 U424 schematic ................................................................................ 4-30
4.14.2 U424 function .................................................................................... 4-30
4.15 Module 1 Fuses................................................................................................ 4-31
4.15.1 Transformer fuses ............................................................................. 4-31
4.15.2 Fuses on U333.................................................................................. 4-31
4.15.3 Fuses on chassis .............................................................................. 4-31

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4 Power Supply
4.1 Trafoblech View

Fig. 4-1 View of Trafoblech

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

WARNING
The generator power supply in module 1 contains a large storage capacitor that
filters the line voltage. The capacitor may contain high voltage even after the unit
has been disconnected from the mains supply.

WARNING
Module 1 (power supply) contains dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250V DC.

4-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.2 Module 1 Assembly

Fig. 4-2 Module 1 assembly

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.3 Block Diagram

Fig. 4-3 Module 1 block diagram

4-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.4 U333 Board versions

In the following; two different versions of the U333 board are described.
In the board version "f" both the lift motor control and the lift motor power are connected to the
same rectifier "GL1"
In the board version "g" only the lift motor power is connected to the output of rectifier "GL1". The
lift motor control is supplied via two additional diodes "D16" and "D18" connected to the input of
the rectifier "GL1" by an additional cable. (→ Ch. 4.8, p. 4-9)
This cable ia available as part No.29265.

NOTE
If an older board U333 "f" or below has to be replaced by a U333 "g" board, the
cable between "GL1" input and U333g connector "X27" has to be installed also.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f

Fig. 4-4 Module 1 wiring diagram with U333f

4-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g

Fig. 4-5 Module 1 wiring diagram with U333g

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f

Fig. 4-6 Module 1 functional diagram with U333f

4-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g

Fig. 4-7 Module 1 functional diagram with U333g

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.9 Circuit Description

4.9.1 Power-up circuit

Module 001 is supplied with mains voltage (230 VAC or 110 VAC) via terminal X1 (→ Fig. 4-10,
p. 4-15).
Transformer TR1 is constantly powered via mains fuses F1, F2, F3 and F4 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15)
and back-up fuse F7. It thus keeps capacitor C1 constantly charged via secondary fuse F8 and
diode D7.
Module 001 is switched on by connecting the NETZEIN and EAGND signals (→ Fig. 4-10,
p. 4-15), either via plug X17 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the FST keyboard or via plug X11
(→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the MW keyboard.
Module 001 is switched off by connecting the NETZAUS and EAGND signals (→ Fig. 4-10,
p. 4-15), either via plug X17 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the FST keyboard or via plug X11
(→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the MW keyboard.
After switching on, relay K4 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) picks up and latches with diode D1. The Power
On LED (on the FST keyboard) is powered via resistor R5. Relay K1 (cut-off relay with 3 mm con-
tact gap) picks up, and transformer TR1 (on the transformer panel) is switched to the power supply
via fuse F5 and soft start resistor RL (on the transformer panel).
Once electrolytic capacitor C2 has charged via the secondary winding (24 V, 3 A) (protected by
fuse F3 on TR1) of transformer TR1 and rectifier GL3 (both on the transformer panel), and con-
nected via plug X24 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) and resistor R7, relay K2 short-circuits with the closing
relay RL (contacts → Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15).
Relay K3 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) ensures that capacitors C and C2 are always discharged safely
via resistors R6 and R3 during power off.
The secondary winding (24 V, 5 A) (protected by fuse F2 on TR1) of transformer TR1 powers the
lifting motor switching circuit via rectifier GL1 (both on the transformer panel).
The secondary winding (24 V, 3 A) of transformer TR1 supplies module U326 (generator adapta-
tion) in the 19" rack via rectifier GL3 (both on the transformer panel), plug X24 (→ Fig. 4-12,
p. 4-17) and the central plug (on the transformer panel).
The secondary winding (230 VAC) of transformer TR1 (on the transformer panel) supplies trans-
former TR2 (protected by fuse F1 on TR2 on the transformer panel). It also supplies plugs X3, X4
and X5 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) via plug X7 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) and fuse F6. The “Compact unit”
section is connected to plug X5.
The four 9 V secondary voltages (protected by fuses F5 – F8 on TR2) from transformer TR2 are
supplied to module U334 (power unit for Module 2 via the central plug. The 24 V, 0.5 A secondary
voltage (protected by fuse F9 on TR2) is used to rotate the image of the monitors (in the "Compact
unit" section), while the 24 V, 4 A secondary voltage (protected by fuse F4 on TR2) powers mod-
ules BG1(18 V) and BG2 (coolant pump) via rectifier GL4 (on the transformer panel) and plug X12
(→ Fig. 4-13, p. 4-18).
The 18 VDC voltage generated by module BG1 supplies Module 3, Module 4, the VacuDAP dose
meter electronics and the signal horn (U80) via plug X19 and the central plug. The 18 VDC voltage
also supplies the mobile stand keyboard via plug X17 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16).

4-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

The screening between the primary winding and the secondary windings is connected to PE
potential on all three transformers.
(TR1 and TR2 on the transformer panel and TR1 on U333).
During power off, the excitation voltage is disconnected from relay K4 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15).
Relay K4 then drops out, followed by cut-off relay K1 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15).
Diodes D2 and D3 are used to isolate the on/off circuits in the mobile C-arm stand and monitor
cart.

4.9.2 Output switching circuit

Secondary winding 1 of transformer TR1 (on the transformer panel) supplies the operating voltage
for generating high voltage for the generator. The three tapping points 90 V/120 V or 136 V/ 195 V
are linked to plug X9 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17).
The /POWER1 signal at plug X11 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) activates relay K5 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17),
while the /POWER2 signal at plug X11 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) activates relay K6 (→ Fig. 4-12,
p. 4-17). The selected voltage is supplied to capacitor C (on the transformer panel) via rectifier
GL2 (on the transformer panel) and plug X14 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17).
Relay K7 is activated via transistor T1 when the /CANSTÖR signal at plug X10 and X13
(→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) is “HIGH” (default). The capacitor voltage is then connected through to the
generator via plug X15 and X16.
The CAN signals are routed from the central plug (on the transformer panel), via plug X10 and
X13 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) to the FST keyboard.
Resistor R6 is used to quickly discharge capacitor C (on the transformer panel) when the device
is switched off.

4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit

This part of the circuit is supplied by secondary winding 2 of transformer TR1 (on the transformer
panel). This voltage is routed from X23 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) via GL1 (on the transformer panel).
Resistors R01 and R02 (on the transformer panel) are also connected to this plug, and serve to
limit the lifting motor operating and braking currents. The lifting motor is connected to plugs X21
and X22 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) and is short-circuited via the relay contacts of K8 and K9 when set
to Off.
The voltage regulator IC5 is supplied via diode D16, resistor R28 and Zener diode D17. It gener-
ates the supply voltage for the electronic circuit.
The “Lifting motor up” and “Lifting motor down” keys on the FST keyboard are linked to PCB U333
via plug X17.
The limit switches connected to plug X18 limit the traveling range of the lifting motor. When they
reach their end position, they open the contact, and the lifting motor cannot travel any further in
this direction.
The Schmitt triggers IC1D and IC1E are linked to AND gates IC2B and IC2C and prevent the
motor running if the “Lifting motor up” and “Lifting motor down” keys are pressed at the same time.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

Starting the lifting motor:


The travel command (jump to “HIGH”) is routed to resistor R20 and R21 and to AND gate IC2B or
IC2C via resistor R19 or R22. Capacitors C12 and C13 debounce the control keys.
When the travel command is reversed by IC3C (or IC3F), capacitor C11 quickly discharges via
diode D14 and resistor R24 (or C3 via D13 and R8). The Schmitt trigger IC3A (or IC1B) activates
transistor T3 (or T2), and relay K9 (or K8) picks up, thus selecting the direction of travel.
The travel command changes to a jump to “LOW” at the output from AND gate IC2A. Capacitor
C14 is slowly discharged via resistor R17. The Schmitt trigger IC3F then activates transistor T4
and relay K10 picks up. The lifting motor is powered with voltage and moves down.

Stopping the lifting motor:


The stop command (issued by releasing the “Lifting motor up” or “Lifting motor down” key) dis-
charges capacitor C12 or C13. Capacitor C14 is also quickly discharged via diode D11 and resis-
tor R18. Relay K10 thus drops out immediately and disconnects the lifting motor from the supply
voltage.
Capacitor C11 or C3, on the other hand, is slowly charged via resistor R23 or R9. Relay K8 or K9
drops out after a delay, and the lifting motor is short-circuited once more.
Monoflop IC4A responds to the falling edge at pin 1. The monoflop issues the “LOW” signal for
approximately 200 ms (set using resistor R26 and capacitor C17). This prevents the lifting motor
from starting up again after a stop command for the duration of the set time constant.

4-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10 U333

4.10.1 U333f

4.10.1.1 U333f board view

Fig. 4-8 U333f board view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.1.2 U333f board layout

Fig. 4-9 U333f board layout

4-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF

Fig. 4-10 U333f schematic Power ON/OFF

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control

Fig. 4-11 U333f schematic lift motor control

4-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching

Fig. 4-12 U333f schematic power switching

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2

Fig. 4-13 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2

4-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.2 U333g

4.10.2.1 U333g board view

Fig. 4-14 U333g board view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.2.2 U333g board layout

Fig. 4-15 U333g board layout

4-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF

Fig. 4-16 U333g schematic Power ON/OFF

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control

Fig. 4-17 U333g schematic lift motor control

4-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching

Fig. 4-18 U333g schematic power switching

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2

Fig. 4-19 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2

4-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.10.3 U333 jumper settings

Jumpers are factory wired.

Jumper Function Default Setting

BR1 bridge in circuit of /NETZ EIN closed

BR2 bridge in circuit of /NETZ-EIN between X11 and X17 closed

BR3 connects CAN shield to CAN +5 V open

BR4 connects CAN shield to CAN GND closed

BR5 input 240 VAC for TR1 open

BR6 input 230 VAC for TR1 closed

BR7 Connects GL4+ to BG2 closed if BG2


is equipped

BR8 Connects GL4- to BG2 closed if BG2


is equipped

BR1, BR2
BR5, BR6 BR3, BR4

BR7

BR8

Fig. 4-20 U333 jumper location

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-25


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.11 U80 (Horn)

This part is supplied via X1 with 18 VDC. As soon as the signal at X1 gets “HIGH”, the transistor
T2 gets conductive. Then the oscillator formed by buzzer H1, transistor T1, resistor R1 and con-
denser C1 is activated and the horn sounds.

NOTE
For service, the connector X1 can be removed temporarily in order to turn off the
alarm sound.

4.11.1 U80 schematic

Fig. 4-21 U80 schematic

4-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.12 U468 (BG1)

4.12.1 U468 layout

Fig. 4-22 U468 layout

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-27


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.12.2 U468 schematic

Fig. 4-23 U468 schematic

4-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)

4.13.1 U437 schematic

Fig. 4-24 U437 schematic

4.13.2 U437 function

The U437 board is used in order to connect the VacuDAP meter electronics to the connecting
cable located in the module 1. Additionally the board provides a calibration function. By setting the
jumper to the service setting, the DAP meter can be adjusted using the S1 - and S2 + keys.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-29


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching)

4.14.1 U424 schematic

Fig. 4-25 U424 schematic

4.14.2 U424 function

The U424 board is optionally equipped in units with active cooling. It switches the pump supply
voltage on and off controlled by a signal coming from Module 2 via the main connector.

4-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4.15 Module 1 Fuses

4.15.1 Transformer fuses

Fuse Value Part No. Function


Transformer TR1 11120
F2 10 A slow (5×20mm) 17007 Supply lifting motor
F3 10 A slow (5×20mm) 17007 Supply U326 and U333
control relay
Transformer TR2 11081
F1 12 A slow (5×20mm) 17006 Main fuse TR2
F4 4 A slow (5×20mm) 17021 Supply BG1 (18 V) in U333
F5 4 A slow (5×20mm) 17021 Supply for ± 5 V Digital
F6 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for +5 V ISO (CAN)
F7 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for +5 V Video
F8 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for -5 V Video
F9 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for monitor rotation
(Compact)

4.15.2 Fuses on U333

Fuse Value Part No. Function


F1 15 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17020 Mains input fuse 230 V
F4 15 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17020 Mains input fuse 230 V
F5 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 RL resistor
F6 3.15 A slow (5×20mm) 17056 230 V out for Compact unit
F7 100 mA slow (5×20mm) 17056 Primary transformer 1
F8 250 mA slow (5×20mm) 17001 Secondary transformer 1
F1 on U424 (BG2) 2.5 A slow (5×20mm) 17035 Water pump

4.15.3 Fuses on chassis

The following fuses are located behind the U333 board.

Fuse Value Part No. Function


F2 20 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17044 Mains input fuse 120 V
F3 20 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17044 Mains input fuse 120 V

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 4-31


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply

4-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5
Module 2

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description ....................................................................... 5-1


5.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.2 Module view ...................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Module 2 Overview........................................................................................... 5-2
5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs ........................................................................... 5-3
5.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 5-4
5.4.1 U325 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-4
5.4.2 U325 functional description............................................................... 5-5
5.4.3 U326 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-6
5.4.4 U326 functional description............................................................... 5-7
5.4.5 U328 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-8
5.4.6 U328 functional description............................................................... 5-9
5.4.7 U334 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-10
5.4.8 U334 functional description............................................................... 5-11
5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels........................................................................... 5-12
5.6 Exchange of boards ......................................................................................... 5-13
5.6.1 Exchange of U325 ............................................................................ 5-13
5.6.2 Exchange of U326 ............................................................................ 5-14
5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic ................................................................................ 5-16
5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams............................................................................... 5-17
5.8.1 U326 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-17
5.8.2 U326 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-18
5.8.3 U326 schematics 3 ........................................................................... 5-19
5.8.4 U326 schematics 4 ........................................................................... 5-20
5.8.5 U325 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-21
5.8.6 U325 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-22
5.8.7 U325 schematics 3 ........................................................................... 5-23
5.8.8 U325 schematics 4 ........................................................................... 5-24
5.8.9 U325 schematics 5 ........................................................................... 5-25
5.8.10 U325 schematics 6 ........................................................................... 5-26
5.8.11 U325 schematics 7 ........................................................................... 5-27
5.9 U501 Video Processing Board ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.1 U501 Block Diagram ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.2 Connectors on the front cover........................................................... 5-29
5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover .................................................................... 5-29

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5 Module 2
5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description

5.1.1 General

The 19" rack combines several functions:


− C-arm control: U325
− Generator adaption: U326
− Video & Dose control: U501 (optionally)

5.1.2 Module view

Fig. 5-1 Module 2 view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.2 Module 2 Overview

Fig. 5-1 Module 2 overview

5-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs

Fig. 5-2 Module 2 inputs and outputs

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4 Block Diagrams

5.4.1 U325 block diagram

Fig. 5-3 U325 block diagram

5-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.2 U325 functional description

The slide-in board U325 is the central control unit of the C-arm.
All machine data are stored on this board.
Machine data include information about:
− options
− start up configuration
− diaphragm settings in case of standard collimator
− kV - mA characteristics
− hand and foot switch configuration.
The board receives data via the CAN bus from module 3, calculates the kV and mA nominal val-
ues and forwards them as data words via the internal LUCY bus to the U326 board.
Also the information for diaphragm setting and laser switching are transmitted that way.
The hand and foot switches are monitored for short circuits.
The real time clock counts up the radiation time and is used to create an error log.
The safety logic prevents from unintended radiation.
There is a detailed description in → Ch. 5.7, p. 5-16 “Hardware Radiation Logic”
The monitor cart detection controls the CAN bus termination logic on board U334.
The power switching controls the relays K5 and K6 on the board U333.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.3 U326 block diagram

Fig. 5-4 U326 block diagram

5-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.4 U326 functional description

The slide-in board U326 is the control board for the generator.
Here the data words coming from the U325 board are converted to analog values and discrete
switching signals:
− 12 bit words are converted to mA and kV analog control values
− Slot and Iris collimator controls are decoded and sent to the collimators via drivers.
(only used for standard collimator)
− Laser switch command is decoded and sent to the generator
− radiography mode command is decoded and sent to the generator.
The mA nominal value is compared to the actual value measured in the generator.
The difference controls a switching regulator, which generates the filament voltage from 24 V input
voltage.
A temperature switching signal (0.5 mA) is received from the generator. This signal is encoded on
the U326 board and sent to the U325 board in order to control the system depending on the gen-
erator temperature.
The fault line coming from the generator is received. This signal is monitored by the fault LED on
the U326 board and is connected to the CAN fault line by an optocoupler.
Also 15 V and ±10 V for the board supply are generated. The voltages are monitored on the front
of the board.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.5 U328 block diagram

Fig. 5-5 U328 block diagram

5-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.6 U328 functional description

Board U328 is the motherboard of the 19" rack.


It links the boards U325, U326, U327, and U334.
It provides a connection to module 1.
The optocouplers isolate module 1 from module 2.
The serial number of the system is permanently stored in the GAL chip.
The number can be read using the Exposcop Studio (→ Ch. 18.1.5, p. 18-10).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.7 U334 block diagram

Fig. 5-6 U334 block diagram

5-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.4.8 U334 functional description

Board U334 is the power supply for module 2.


It is supplied by transformer 2 with AC voltages.
The voltages are rectified and stabilized.
Green LEDs on the front indicate the voltages.
The CAN bus termination logic is also located on the U334 board.

Fig. 5-7 U334 front view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels

Fig. 5-8 U325 and U326 front panels

5-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.6 Exchange of boards

5.6.1 Exchange of U325

After exchange the U325 board has to be programmed.


There are two steps of programming.
First, if the warning E35 appears, the software versions of the board and the rest of the system
have to be adapted.
Then the machine data have to be restored. It is recommended to save the machine data before
you remove the original board, if communication to the board is possible. If the data cannot be
read out and no archived data are available, use default data and set options manually.
If there is a warning E32 after exchange, the RAM test pattern must be set.
If there is a warning E34 after exchange, the Clock must be set.
→ Ch. 18.1.4.1, p. 18-6 and → Ch. 18, p. 18-1 Software Tools

U325 to be changed

Use default data


stored machine comunication to and set options
no no
data avaliable U325 possible manually

yes

yes
save machine data

change U325

Start C-Arm

adapt software
E 35? yes
versions

no

restore machine data

restart

E 32? yes Set RAM test pattern

no

E 34? yes Set Clock

no
restart

finished

Fig. 5-9 U325 exchange procedure

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.6.2 Exchange of U326

After exchange the U326 board has to be adjusted according to the following instructions:
1 General:
C-arm has to run properly before adjustments can be made.
The potentiometers and their labels at the front panel (U326):
− P5 mA offset
− P4 pre-heating
− P3 mA DAC offset
− P2 exposure
− P1 kV offset
Necessary test equipment:
Test cable to generator (to check the actual generator values)
Test cable to the front connector of U326 (for the signal names refer to the U326 sche-
matic)
PC with USBCAN or PARCAN test set.
2 Adjust filament voltage without exposure
• Set fluoroscopy mode, connect test cable to the front connector of U326
Connect voltage meter to: + with UH - with GND
Adjust potentiometer P4 to 12.0 V (P4 = pre-heating)
3 Adjust mA offset with exposure
• Set fluoroscopy mode, set kV manual and 40 kV
Connect ampere meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P5 to 0.2 mA (P5 = mA Offset)
• Measure the voltage UH with exposure and keep the voltage value in mind.
Adjust pre-heating to memorized value with potentiometer P4 without exposure.
4 Adjust kV with exposure
• Set fluoroscopy program extremities, set kV manual and 80 kV
Connect voltage meter to + with kV measuring point “f” – with generator ground
Adjust potentiometer P1 to 8.0 V (1 V equals 10 kV)
Check voltages at 40, 60, 100, 110 kV
5 Adjust mA with exposure, top value
Set spine / pelvis fluoroscopy program (program 2), set kV manual and 65 kV
(mA display has to indicate 6.0 mA)
Connect ampere-meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P3 to 5.95 mA
6 Adjust mA with exposure, bottom value
• Set spine / pelvis fluoroscopy program (program 2), set kV manual and 40 kV
Connect ampere-meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P5 to 0.2 mA
!! Repeat the two steps above, because these steps interact with each other !!

5-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

7 Current rise time in active radiography mode


• Set radiography mode, set radiography exposure time to 0.1sec
• NOTE: the exposure starts approximately 1 sec. after pressing the hand switch
(pre-heating time)
• Connect the mAs meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P2 to 2.0 mAs
8 Adjust radiography current with exposure
• Set radiography mode, 80 kV and 4 sec. radiography time.
• NOTE: the exposure starts approximately 1 sec. after pressing the hand switch
(pre-heating time)
Connect ampere meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust the current to 20.0 mA which means you have to enter the appropriate number in
the field “D/A Converter Radiography” of the Exposcop Studio software.
The default value is 20 (20 mA).
Allowed value range is from 15 (15 mA) to 28 (28 mA).
! If the value is out of range there is a hardware failure !
For adjustment use the “DAC value” entry of the above menu. Allowed value range here
is from 614 to 1147.
9 Adjust radiography mAs with exposure
• Set radiography mode, 80 kV and radiography exposure time to 0.5 s
• Do not forget: the exposure starts approximately 1 s after pressing the hand switch
Connect mAs meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P2 to 10.0 mAs.
10 Check pulse fluoroscopy
• mA values identical to fluoroscopy.
11 Check snapshot mA
• This value has to be set to 8 mA. This is done using the Exposcop Studio software.
• Section Generator, D/A converter snapshot.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic

Fig. 5-10 Hardware radiation logic

5-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams

5.8.1 U326 schematics 1

Fig. 5-11 U326 schematics 1

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.2 U326 schematics 2

Fig. 5-12 U326 schematics 2

5-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.3 U326 schematics 3

Fig. 5-13 U326 schematics 3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.4 U326 schematics 4

Fig. 5-14 U326 schematics 4

5-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.5 U325 schematics 1

Fig. 5-15 U325 schematics 1

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.6 U325 schematics 2

Fig. 5-16 U325 schematics 2

5-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.7 U325 schematics 3

Fig. 5-17 U325 schematics 3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.8 U325 schematics 4

Fig. 5-18 U325 schematics 4

5-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.9 U325 schematics 5

Fig. 5-19 U325 schematics 5

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-25


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.10 U325 schematics 6

Fig. 5-20 U325 schematics 6

5-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5.8.11 U325 schematics 7

Fig. 5-21 U325 schematics 7

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-27


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document, Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.

5.9

5-28
5.9.1

Fig. 5-22
5 Module 2

U501
CCD camera output
input
measurement
log circles
+
to ADC

Sync DAC DAC AGC


ADC

U501 Block Diagram


to CCD camera
U501 Block Diagram

Iris to CCD camera


control
CAN LUCY
I/O
U300
test magn.
buffers to I.I.
+18V

+15V
U501 Video Processing Board

Lattice +5V 18V=


Power Supply
-5V input
-9V

from above
VIDEO VIDEO
U321 Image outputs
ADC DAC to monitors
Memory
U180

U306

Module 2 Drawn: R. Frank 01. Feb. 2006 Drawing No.: . Unit:


Release: R. Frank 20. Sept. 2007 File Name : BSB_U501_02.cdr 8000/Vista
Blockdiagram U501 (former U180 U321 U306) Changed: . Page : . of . Family

P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
5 Module 2

5.9.2 Connectors on the front cover

X7 Video input from CCD camera (SMB)

X12 AGC output to CCD camera (SMB)

X9 Iris interface (5-pin Panduit)

X17 I.I. interface (5-pin Panduit)

X3 Video output from U321 (SMB)

X2 Video output from U321, filtered (SMB)

X90 Video output from U306 (SMB)

X100 Video output from U306 (SMB)

5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover

LED 45 ERROR (rd)

LED 35A +15 V (gn)

LED 40A +5 V (gn)

LED 41A +3.3 V (gn)

LED 40B -5 V (gn)

LED 41B -9 V (gn)

LED 35B -15 V (gn)

CAUTION
Dose and video adjustments have to be performed if a Module 3 has been
replaced by a U501.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 5-29


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2

5-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6
Module 3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit .................................................................................... 6-1


6.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 6-1
6.1.2 Module 3 view ................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Module 3 Overview........................................................................................... 6-2
6.3 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 6-3
6.3.1 U180 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-3
6.3.2 U180 functional description............................................................... 6-4
6.3.3 U321 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-5
6.3.4 U321 functional description............................................................... 6-6
6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram ................................................................... 6-7
6.4 Exchange of Module 3...................................................................................... 6-8

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6 Module 3
6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit

6.1.1 General

Module 3 provides the following functions:


− Dose regulation
− Video regulation
− Image memory in Compact units: U306 (optionally)
− 100 Hz converter in Compact units with CRT monitor: U313 (optionally)

NOTE
Module 3 will be missing if system is equipped with a U501 board.

6.1.2 Module 3 view

Fig. 6-1 Module 3 view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 6-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.2 Module 3 Overview

Fig. 6-2 Module 3 overview

6-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.3 Block Diagrams

6.3.1 U180 block diagram

Fig. 6-3 U180 block diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 6-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.3.2 U180 functional description

There is a U300 processor board (LUCY) on the U180 board. Thus module 3 is part of the CAN
bus.
On the U300 board the anatomical program data are stored.
Anatomical program data contain values for:
− dose and video adjustment
− diameter of the gauging circle
− regulation mode.
Values are stored independently for every anatomical mode and magnifier size. The U180 trans-
mits values for Iris and AGC to the CCD camera. The iris position is fed back to the analog inputs
by a potentiometer.
At the analog multiplexer there are also values gained from the video signal in order to do dose
and video regulation. The average or peak value is compared to an internal value. The difference
is transmitted by the CAN bus to the module 2 to regulate the necessary dose value.
The black and white values are compared to values stored in the organ table. The difference con-
trols the black clamping and white clipping (video adjustment, → Ch. 19.1.2, p. 19-3).

6-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.3.3 U321 block diagram

Fig. 6-4 U321 block diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 6-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.3.4 U321 functional description

There is a digital circle generator on the U321 board. This generates the gauging and blanking
circles.
Within those areas, the video signal is measured and the result is sent to the LUCY of the U180.
The signal stages “curve” and “white level regulator” are controlled by the LUCY of the U180
board.
In the signal mixer the video signal is overlaid by the blanking circle.
Sync signals are separated from the video signal in order to synchronize the circle generator and
additional hardware for Compact units. (Image memory, 100 Hz converter)

6-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram

Fig. 6-5 Module 3 wiring diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 6-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6.4 Exchange of Module 3

After exchange the module 3 has to be programmed.


There are two steps of programming.
First, if warning E35 appears, the software versions of the board and the rest of the system have
to be adapted.
Then the organ data have to be restored. It is recommended to save the organ data before you
remove the original module 3, if communication to the board is possible. If the data cannot be read
out and no archived data are available, use default data and adjust dose manually (→ Ch. 18.1.8,
p. 18-14).

Fig. 6-6 Module 3 exchange procedure

6-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

To change the memory unit, the 4 nuts have to be removed → Fig. 6-7, p. 6-9.
Now the module can be opened. Remove connectors X5, X7, X9, X17 on the board U180 as well
as the coax connectors X7, X3 on U321and X12 on U 180 → Fig. 6-8, p. 6-9.
The unit is fixed by two screws → Fig. 6-9, p. 6-9.

Nuts to be removed

Fig. 6-7 Fixation of Module 3 cover

Fig. 6-8 Module 3 connections

Fixation screws

Fig. 6-9 Module 3 fixation

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 6-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3

6-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7
Image Intensifier
Module 4

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

7.1 Parts Location .................................................................................................. 7-1


7.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 7-2
7.2.1 Functional description ....................................................................... 7-3
7.3 I.I. power supply overview ................................................................................ 7-4
7.3.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-4
7.3.2 Main parts and their functions ........................................................... 7-4
7.4 Hardware description ....................................................................................... 7-5
7.4.1 PCBs ................................................................................................. 7-5
7.4.2 U316 LEDs........................................................................................ 7-5
7.4.3 U316 connectors ............................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4 Connectors cascade ......................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location............................................. 7-6
7.4.5 U316 schematics .............................................................................. 7-7
7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1 ..................................................... 7-7
7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2 ..................................................... 7-8
7.5 Adjustments...................................................................................................... 7-9
7.5.1 Potentiometer location ...................................................................... 7-9
7.6 CCD Camera.................................................................................................... 7-9
7.6.1 General description ........................................................................... 7-10
7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance..................................................... 7-10
7.6.3 Scattered light lens ........................................................................... 7-11
7.6.4 Changing the camera........................................................................ 7-12
7.6.4.1 Removing the camera........................................................ 7-12
7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera ................................................................ 7-13
7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus ......................................................... 7-14
7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube ............................. 7-15
7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements...................................................... 7-16
7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter.......................................... 7-16
7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al .............................. 7-16

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7 Image Intensifier
7.1 Parts Location

Counterweight
CCD camera

II-Power supply

Fig. 7-1 Image intensifier parts location

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.2 Block Diagram

Fig. 7-1 Image intensifier block diagram

7-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.2.1 Functional description

The image intensifier can be divided into three electrical units:


− The CCD sensor forms together with the iris collimator and the lens the CCD camera.
− The image intensifier tube.
− The intensifier power supply consisting of the boards U316, U317 and U318.
The latter supplies the intensifier tube and the CCD camera.
The U316 is supplied with 18 V.
From this 18 V the supply voltages for the CCD camera, the grid voltages and the anode volt-
age are generated.
The voltages for G2 (focus) and G3 (image size) are separately adjustable for every fluoros-
copy format. The grid voltages are switched by signals coming from module 3.
The anode voltage is factory pre-adjusted to 30 kV and must not be changed.
(Tube might be damaged)
The voltage for G1 is given by the tube manufacturer according to the tube type.
It makes up the edge focusing.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.3 I.I. power supply overview

Fig. 7-2 Image intensifier power supply

7.3.1 General

The i.i. power supply supplies the necessary voltages for the different image intensifiers.
The U316 also supplies power for the CCD camera, switchable between 6 V and 12 V.

7.3.2 Main parts and their functions

− Controller U316 Controls the magnification modes of the i.i.


− Power inverters U317 High voltages
− Cascade U318 Multiplies the voltages

7-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.4 Hardware description

7.4.1 PCBs

PCBs

U316: controller board

U317: high voltage transformers

U318: high voltage cascade

The i.i. power supply is divided into several boards to build a very
compact module.

7.4.2 U316 LEDs

Status LEDs for Service Requirements

LED 10 yellow: H-Sync

LED 11 yellow: indicates Magnifier 1

LED 12 yellow: indicates Magnifier 2

D12 D11
Magnifier

D10 H-Sync

Fig. 7-3 U316 LEDs

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.4.3 U316 connectors

X11 to CCD Iris

X12 to Module3/U501

X9 to CCD Camera

Fig. 7-4 U316 connectors

7.4.4 Connectors cascade

Connectors Range Function


Anode 30 kV factory set Anode voltage
Grid 1 approx. 100 V – 300 V Edge focus (depends on tube type)
Grid 2 approx. 0.5 kV – 2 kV Focus adjustment
Grid 3 approx. 2 kV – 12 kV Size adjustment
Grid 4 approx. 2.5 kV Not adjustable
Ground

7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location

Fig. 7-5 Connectors cascade location

7-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.4.5 U316 schematics

7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1

Fig. 7-6 U316 schematics 1

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2

Fig. 7-7 U316 schematics 2

7-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.5 Adjustments

7.5.1 Potentiometer location

P1 Anode
P2, P3, P4
Size M2, M1, M0
P5, P6, P7
focus M2, M1, M0

Fig. 7-8 U316 potentiometer location

7.6 CCD Camera

Fig. 7-9 CCD camera without cover

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.1 General description

The CCD sensor is a solid-state imaging device that produces a black and white image. Light
entering wells in the sensor are converted to electrons, which are read out from the sensor, ampli-
fied and converted to a digital video signal. The video signal is transmitted via an analog video
coax cable to the image processing system.

7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance

The camera distance is set by using different mounting rings. The camera will be shipped without
a mounting ring. For installing the camera, the ring has to be taken from the camera that has been
installed before.

II Tube D [mm] Scattered light lens


assembled

17 cm HP 16.1 Yes

23 cm HP 13.6 Yes

23 cm HX 20.4 No

30 cm HX 23.5 No
I

Mounting ring

Fig. 7-10 Mounting ring for distance adjustment

7-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.3 Scattered light lens

Before the camera is mounted onto the image intensifier, check whether the scattered light lens
is required or not.

Fig. 7-11 Scattered light lens location

Fig. 7-12 Scattered light lens removed

Check the type of the tube:


For a HX tube type, the lens has to be removed.
For a HP tube type the lens has to be installed.

Fig. 7-13 II Tube Types: HP type (left), HX Type (right)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.4 Changing the camera

7.6.4.1 Removing the camera

Assembly and disassembly of the camera has to be done only at power down.
• Remove cover of the intensifier housing.
• In order to remove the camera, the led weight has to be removed first. Thereto the 3 nuts and
the plate have to be removed (→ Fig. 7-14, p. 7-12).
• Then the connectors X9 and X11 on the U316 have to be removed and the coax connectors
have to be separated (→ Fig. 7-15, p. 7-12).
• To remove the camera, three Allen screws have to be removed. Do not loosen the clamps.

NOTE
For the 12" tube, a 7/64" Allen key is required. For all other tubes, a 3 mm Allen
key is required.

Remove those screws

Clamps

Remove nuts
Remove weight

Fig. 7-14 Camera removal

X9 Camera connector

X11 Iris connector

Coax connectors
AGC and video

Fig. 7-15 Camera connections

7-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera

Fig. 7-16 Mounting of the CCD camera

The camera is put onto the output window and is fixed by the mounting ring using 3 allen screws.
If the camera has not been removed from the mounting ring, the assembly is done in reversed
order. Please check optical focus afterwards.
If the camera has to be changed, it has to be mounted and centered to the ring that has been
assembled to the unit. After installing, the optical focus has to be set.

NOTE
For the 12" tube, a 7/64" Allen key is required. For all other tubes, a 3 mm Allen
key is required.

NOTE
The connections have to face towards the C profile, in order to provide correct
image orientation.

CAUTION
Make sure that you have selected the correct supply voltage at the i.i. power sup-
ply, U316, J1 (→ Ch. , p. 7-8).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus

• Switch off the unit.

• To focus the camera lens, the camera cover has to be removed.

• For that, remove the intensifier power supply (only the screws, not the connectors) and loosen
the grub screws at the camera housing (→ Fig. 7-17, p. 7-14).

• Switch on.

• Center a line pair phantom to the input window.


The line pairs should be 45° to the monitor line structure and 90° to the scattered radiation grid

• Loosen the locking screw. Set to magnifier 2 format and adjust to maximum resolution.
Use a 2 mm nib (Part No. 91118) for focus adjustment.

• Switch to full field size and check edge focus. Tighten locking screw hand screwed.

• Put on camera cover and lock it by the grub screws.

• Assemble i.i. supply, led weight and i.i. cover (incl. earth cable)

WARNING
Focus adjustment is done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection!

Locking screw
for focusing ring

Grub screw for


camera cover

Focusing ring
with 2mm holes
Fig. 7-17 CCD camera focus adjustment

7-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube

Fig. 7-18 I.I. power supply adjustment

CAUTION
Target values are specified according to non interlaced systems.
Refer to tables → Ch. 7.6.8, p. 7-16 for corresponding values of interlaced sys-
tems.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 7-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier

7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements

7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter

Extremities mode, automatic dose

II Type 15 cm 23 cm 30 cm

N M1 N M1 M2 N M1 M2

Size
14.0 10.0 20.1 15.1 11.1 27.1 20.1 15.1
[cm]

Resolution
[lp/mm] 2.0 2.5 1.6 2.0 2.5 1.2 1.6 2.0
Non Interlaced

Resolution
[lp/mm] 1.7 1.9 1.4 1.8 2.0 1.0 1.4 1.8
Interlaced

7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al

Extremities mode, automatic dose

II Type 15 cm 23 cm 30 cm

N M1 N M1 M2 N M1 M2

Size
14.0 10.0 20.1 15.1 11.1 27.1 20.1 15.1
[cm]

Resolution
[lp/mm] 1.8 2.2 1.4 1.8 2.2 1.0 1.4 1.8
Non Interlaced

Resolution
[lp/mm] 1.5 1.7 1.2 1.6 2.8 0.8 1.2 1.6
Interlaced

NOTE
Size and resolution adjustments of the i.i. tube are interacting.
Do the adjustment reciprocally.

NOTE
Interlaced: ZIEHM 8000, ZIEHM Compact
Non Interlaced: ZIEHM Vista
To get information about interlaced / non interlaced, display image system infor-
mation → Ch. 15.12, p. 15-30.

7-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8
Generator
Module 5

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

8.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 8-1


8.2 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 8-2
8.2.1 Generator block diagram................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram ..................................................... 8-3
8.3 Interface Generator – C-Arm Stand ................................................................. 8-4
8.4 Block Diagram Generator – Module 1 / Module 2 ............................................ 8-5
8.5 General PCBs .................................................................................................. 8-6
8.6 Checklist for the Generator .............................................................................. 8-7
8.6.1 U185 test point location .................................................................... 8-8
8.6.2 U185 schematics .............................................................................. 8-9
8.6.3 U185 board layout............................................................................. 8-10
8.7 Measuring kV and mA ...................................................................................... 8-11
8.8 Laser (option) ................................................................................................... 8-13
8.8.1 Generator with laser.......................................................................... 8-13
8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser................................................................ 8-14
8.8.3 Laser block diagram.......................................................................... 8-15
8.8.4 U160 laser control board................................................................... 8-16

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8 Generator
8.1 Overview

Fig. 8-1 Generator assembly

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.2 Block Diagrams

8.2.1 Generator block diagram

Fig. 8-2 Generator block diagram

8-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram

Fig. 8-3 Generator detailed block diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.3 Interface Generator – C-Arm Stand

Fig. 8-4 Interface generator – C-arm stand

8-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.4 Block Diagram Generator – Module 1 / Module 2

Fig. 8-5 Block diagram generator – Module 1 / Module 2

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.5 General PCBs

PCBs summary

U40 Heating current control


Current control
Heating amplifier
kV amplifier

U41 Motherboard

U42 3 stage kV amplification with push-pull controlling


Pre-amplifier

U43 Fault and filament control


mA measuring range
mA control

U45 Slot and iris collimator control


Temperature control

U54 kV control

8-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.6 Checklist for the Generator

The following steps show the signals required for the generator to work properly:
Measurements are made on the U185 Filter frame.
1. U1 (final stage supply) must be in the range of approx. 130 to 280 VDC depending on the
operating mode. (Generator power in W). This voltage has to be present in standby also.
Check the voltages at each of the three stages. (see table below)
Screen once before measuring.
If E26 is present, the voltage is switched off by module1 for safety reasons.
The test points are:
plus X11 Pin 2
minus X11 Pin 4

2. U2 (supply voltage) must be 15 VDC.


The test points are:
plus X12 Pin 2
minus X12 Pin 1

3. UH (filament voltage) must be in a range of approx. 9.5 to 11 VDC in standby and approx.
9.5 to 18 VDC while screening depending on selected mA value. If the voltage gets below
7.5 VDC, the generator pulls the fault line (E26) If the voltage gets above 22 VDC for a cer-
tain time, the filament regulator on the U326 switches off and radiation will be interrupted.
The test points are:
plus X11 Pin 3
minus X12 Pin 1

4. kV reference voltage must be in the range of 8.1 to 12 VDC depending on the selected kV
value. Voltage has to be also present during standby.
8.1 VDC equals to 40 kV and 12 VDC equals to 110 kV; 55 mV is 1 kV step.
The test points are:
plus BG2 Pin 4 (kV ref.)
minus BG2 Pin 2 (kV ground)

5. Radiation command input is active if BG2 Pin 8 is about 0 V; inactive level is 15 V.


The test points are:
plus BG2 Pin 8 (radiation)
minus X12 Pin 1

Mode AC Voltage at transformer DC Voltage measured


at 40 kV 90 VRMS 127 V

120 VRMS 169 V


at 80 kV
(depending on transformer type) 136 VRMS 192 V

Snapshot 195 VRMS 275 V

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.6.1 U185 test point location

Fig. 8-6 U185 test point location

WARNING
Module 5 (generator) contains dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250 VDC.

WARNING
Measurements partly have to be done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.

8-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.6.2 U185 schematics

Fig. 8-7 U185 schematics

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.6.3 U185 board layout

Fig. 8-8 U185 board layout

8-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.7 Measuring kV and mA

In order to measure mA, the tank connector is used.


Before the mA meter is connected the jumper has to be removed.

Fig. 8-9 Tank connector with jumper (left) and without jumper (right)

Fig. 8-10 Test cable connected to tank connector

CAUTION
After measuring the jumper has to be set again.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

In order to measure kV the test points “f” and “GND” on the U54 board are used.

Test points “f” and “GND”

Fig. 8-11 kV and mA measuring points

The reading of the voltmeter is the actual kV divided by 10,000.


For example 67 kV is measured as 6.7 V.

Fig. 8-12 Test cable connected to “f” and “GND” on U54

WARNING
Module 5 (generator) contains dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250 VDC.

WARNING
Measurements have to be done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.

8-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.8 Laser (option)

8.8.1 Generator with laser

Fig. 8-13 Generator with laser

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser

Fig. 8-14 Image intensifier with laser

8-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.8.3 Laser block diagram

Fig. 8-15 Laser block diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 8-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator

8.8.4 U160 laser control board

Fig. 8-16 U160 laser control board

8-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9
Vision Track
Module 15

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

9.1 Virtual Collimator View ..................................................................................... 9-1


9.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 9-2
9.3 U517d............................................................................................................... 9-3
9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs ........................... 9-3
9.3.2 Switches............................................................................................ 9-3
9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting .................................................. 9-5
9.3.3 LEDs ................................................................................................. 9-5
9.3.4 Connectors........................................................................................ 9-6
9.4 Changing the Collimator................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.1 Part exchange ................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.2 Mechanical centering ........................................................................ 9-10
9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment ................................................................ 9-11
9.4.4 Preview size adjustment ................................................................... 9-12

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9 Virtual Collimator
9.1 Virtual Collimator View

Fig. 9-1 Virtual collimator

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.2 Block Diagram

Fig. 9-2 Virtual collimator block diagram

9-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.3 U517d

9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs

Fig. 9-3 U517d connectors, switches and LEDs

9.3.2 Switches

DIP Switch 2

Switch 1 Standalone mode for production requirements


on == standalone active

Switch 2 Size Bit 1

Switch 3 Size Bit 2

Switch 4 Size Bit 3

Switch 5 not used

Switch 6 not used

switch 7 not used

switch 8 VacuDAP duo installed

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

DIP switch 1 module number virtual collimator

Switch 1 CAN bus address OFF

Switch 2 CAN bus address ON

Switch 3 CAN bus address OFF

Switch 4 CAN bus address ON

Switch 5 CAN bus address OFF

Switch 6 CAN bus address OFF

Switch 7 CAN bus address OFF

Switch 8 CAN bus address OFF

Switches must be set like indicated.

9-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting

Fig. 9-4 U517 S1 and S2 factory settings

9.3.3 LEDs

Status LEDs for Service Requirements

LED 1 red flashing: shows startup phase


off: shows system is running

LED 5 red future use

LED 6 green system is running

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.3.4 Connectors

X1: Programming Interface Connector

10 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 PTC0

Pin 2 PTC1

Pin 3 PTC3

Pin 4 IRQ

Pin 5 RST

Pin 6 WDO

Pin 7 PTA0

Pin 8 OSC

Pin 9 +5 V output

Pin 10 ground

X2: RS232 Debug Connector

3 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 ground

Pin 2 TxD

Pin 3 RxD

X3: CAN Bus Connector J12

6 pin flat ribbon cable connector

Pin 1 CAN +5 V

Pin 2 not used

Pin 3 CAN_RxD

Pin 4 CAN_TxD

Pin 5 not used

Pin 6 ground

9-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

X4: Rotation Motor Connector

5 pin molex cable connector

Pin 1 +5 V

Pin 2 ground

Pin 3 servo control pulse

Pin 4 feedback servo position

Pin 5 servo return (there or not)

X5: Iris Motor Connector

5 pin molex cable connector

Pin 1 +5 V

Pin 2 ground

Pin 3 servo control pulse

Pin 4 feedback servo position

Pin 5 servo return (there or not)

X6: Slot Motor Connector

5 pin molex cable connector

Pin 1 +5 V

Pin 2 ground

Pin 3 servo control pulse

Pin 4 feedback servo position

Pin 5 servo return (there or not)

X8: Rotation Potentiometer

3 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 +5 V

Pin 2 feedback voltage

Pin 3 ground

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

X9: Laser Diode 1 and 2 Connector

3 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 Laser -

Pin 2 Laser +

Pin 3 not connected

X10: DAP Connector

8 pin molex cable connector

Pin 1 count input

Pin 2 reset output

Pin 3 calibrate output +

Pin 4 calibrate output -

Pin 5 ground

Pin 6 unused

Pin 7 unused

Pin 8 +UB 18 V

X11: Power Input

2 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 ground

Pin 2 +14 V

X12: VacuDAP duo Connector

4 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 +15 V

Pin 2 ground

Pin 3 RS 485 A

Pin 4 RS 485 B

9-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

X13: Wellhöfer Connector

RJ45 connector

Pin 1 RS 485 A

Pin 2 unused

Pin 3 +15 V

Pin 4 ground

Pin 5 RS 485 B

Pin 6 RS 485 Z

Pin 7 unused

Pin 8 RS 485 Y

Pin 9 ground

Pin 10 ground

X14: Laser Diode Flat Detector

3 pin Panduit cable connector

Pin 1 Laser -

Pin 2 Laser +

Pin 3 not connected

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.4 Changing the Collimator

9.4.1 Part exchange

• Remove connectors X7, X9, X10, X11, X12, X13.

• Remove the 4 mounting screws. With power switched off, the collimator can be rotated in order
to access the screws.

• Fit the DAP-meter to the new collimator

• Mount the new collimator with the 4 screws. Take care about the pre-collimator. Do not tighten
the screws, because centering is necessary.

• Connect X7, X9, X10, X11, X12, X13. Power up the unit.

9.4.2 Mechanical centering

• Press briefly both buttons of each function of the collimator (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting
position.

• Close the iris collimator to a diameter of approx. 10 cm.

• Screen in order to get an image of the collimator.

• Press briefly one of the collimator buttons to display the preview.

• Adjust the center of the collimator.

• Repeat the two steps above until collimator is centered to preview.

• If the image of the collimator is in the center and you can see a hexagon, the adjustment was
successful.

• Tighten the collimator mounting screws.

• Press the both buttons of each collimator control (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting position.

9-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment

• Go to the Generator tab in the Exposcop Studio.

• Set the collimator size for every image format with parameters “Collimator values”:
“Normal”, “Magnifier1” and “Magnifier2”.

Fig. 9-5 Collimator size adjustment

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9.4.4 Preview size adjustment

To match the virtual collimator to the iris collimator, do the following:


• Press the Close Iris Collimator key until the collimator is closed as far as possible.
• Initiate radiation for visual control and terminate it again.
• The menu system on the reference screen disappears.
• Press the MENU key.
• The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the System settings menu item.
• The virtual collimator appears on the live screen.
• Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on the Collimator offset menu item.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the actual and the virtual collimator coincide.
• Press key F1 – Save.
• Press the open iris collimator key until the edges of the collimator are just visible on the live
screen.
• Initiate radiation for visual control and terminate it again.
• The menu system on the reference screen disappears.
• Press the MENU key.
• The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the System settings menu item.
• The virtual collimator appears on the live screen again.
• Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on the Collimator factor menu item.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the actual and the virtual collimator coincide.
• Press key F1 – Save.
• Repeat the collimator offset and collimator factor adjustment alternately until the deviations
are minimal.

9-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

Fig. 9-6 Iris collimator settings

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 9-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator

9-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10
Keyboards
Module 6

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand ................................................................................ 10-1


10.1.1 MST keyboard view........................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 U400 connections ............................................................................. 10-2
10.1.3 U400 block diagram .......................................................................... 10-3
10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart ................................................................................. 10-4
10.2.1 MC keyboard view............................................................................. 10-4
10.2.2 U370 connections ............................................................................. 10-5

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart

10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand


and Monitor Cart
10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand

10.1.1 MST keyboard view

Fig. 10-1 MST keyboard view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 10-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart

10.1.2 U400 connections

Fig. 10-2 U400 connections

10-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart

10.1.3 U400 block diagram

Fig. 10-3 U400 block diagram

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 10-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart

10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart

10.2.1 MC keyboard view

Fig. 10-4 MC keyboard view

10-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart

10.2.2 U370 connections

Fig. 10-5 U370 connections

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 10-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart

10-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

11.1 General............................................................................................................. 11-1


11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors ....................................... 11-1
11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-2
11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-3
11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors......................................................... 11-4
11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring .......................................................................................... 11-5
11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors............................................................. 11-5
11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC................................................ 11-6
11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors..................................................................... 11-7
11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options).................... 11-8
11.2.5 U385 wiring ....................................................................................... 11-9
11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables ............................................................................ 11-10

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11
Monitor Cart

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11 Monitor Cart
General and Wiring
11.1 General

11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors

Fig. 11-1 System overview of monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 11-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor

Fig. 11-2 System overview of monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor

11-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor

Fig. 11-3 System overview of monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 11-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors

Fig. 11-4 System overview of monitor cart with CRT monitors

11-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring

11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors

Fig. 11-5 Wiring of flatscreen monitors

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 11-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC

Fig. 11-6 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC

11-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors

Fig. 11-7 Wiring of CRT monitors

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 11-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options)

Fig. 11-8 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options)

11-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.2.5 U385 wiring

Fig. 11-9 U385 wiring

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 11-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring

11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables

In Monitor Carts shipped from october 2008 all network connections are made with yellow RJ45
cables. This is done in order to distinguish the network cables from the CAN-Bus cables.

Fig. 11-10 Yellow network cable at image memory

11-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12
Video Documentation
Module 7

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

12.1 UP 960 ............................................................................................................. 12-1


12.1.1 Front view ......................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-2
12.2 UP 980 ............................................................................................................. 12-3
12.2.1 Front view ......................................................................................... 12-3
12.2.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-4
12.2.3 UP 980 configuration ........................................................................ 12-5
12.3 VCR.................................................................................................................. 12-6
12.3.1 VCR wiring standard ......................................................................... 12-6
12.3.2 U411 VCR interface .......................................................................... 12-7

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12 Video Documentation
12.1 UP 960

12.1.1 Front view

Fig. 12-1 UP 960 front view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 12-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12.1.2 Rear view

Fig. 12-2 UP 960 rear view

12-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12.2 UP 980

12.2.1 Front view

Fig. 12-3 UP 980 front view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 12-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12.2.2 Rear view

Fig. 12-4 UP 980 rear view

12-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12.2.3 UP 980 configuration

• Press the menu button.


The door panel opens and the sub panel appears.

• Display the desired main menu by pressing the Õ or Ö button.

• Display the desired sub menu by pressing the × or Ø button.

• Select the desired selection or change the value by pressing the Õ or Ö button.

Menu For thermal paper


Submenu Paper Type Value 2
Picture UPP-210SE/210HD

For thermal film


Value 3
UPT-210BL

Interlaced Non Interlaced

Aspect adjust Value -0.5 Value -0.1


H-Shift Value 170 Value 165
Menu
Submenu H-Size Value 1225 Value 1157
Layout
V-Shift Value 25 Value 25
V-Size Value 585 Value 585

AUTO-SCAN OFF If no equipment is


Menu
Submenu connected to the
Printer 75 Ohm ON video out of the printer

Pixel Density High


AGC ON

• Save the settings.

Menu
Submenu Save Value1
Printer

• Afterwards press EXEC button.


All other values remain factory preset.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 12-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12.3 VCR

12.3.1 VCR wiring standard

Fig. 12-5 VCR wiring standard

12-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12.3.2 U411 VCR interface

Fig. 12-6 U411 VCR interface

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 12-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation

12-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13
Monitors
Module 9

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors................................................................................. 13-1


13.1.1 Description ........................................................................................ 13-1
13.1.2 Technical data................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 Switches............................................................................................ 13-2
13.1.4 Connectors........................................................................................ 13-3
13.1.5 On-screen display ............................................................................. 13-4
13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display .................... 13-4
13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings ............................................ 13-5

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors

13 Monitors
13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors

13.1.1 Description

The 18.1" flatscreen monitor is a monochrome, high-resolution LC display.


All settings and adjustments are made using an integrated setup menu.

Fig. 13-1 18.1" flatscreen monitor

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 13-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors

13.1.2 Technical data

Viewable Diagonal (inches) 18.1

Brightness (cd/m², typical) 700 (without anti-glare filter)

Native Resolution 1280 × 1024

Dot Pitch (mm) 0.28

Vertical Viewing Angle 170o

Horizontal Viewing Angle 170o

Contrast Ratio (typical) 400:1

VGA Input signal level at 75 Ohm 0.7 Vp-p

BNC Input signal level 1 Vp-p

Power (nominal) 42 W

Monitor Weight 6.35 kg

Operating Temperature 0 oC to 40 oC

Storage Temperature -20 oC to 60 oC

Relative Humidity (non condensing) 20% – 85%

13.1.3 Switches

There is a power switch on the rear side of every monitor.

Fig. 13-2 Monitor power switches

13-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors

13.1.4 Connectors

+12 V in

DVI / VGA in

Video in

RS232 interface

Fig. 13-3 Monitor connectors

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 13-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors

13.1.5 On-screen display

13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display

The monitors are set up and adjusted by an on-screen display. The functions are controlled by an
integrated keypad.

Fig. 13-4 Monitor keypad

The on-screen display is activated by pressing the “Menu” key. On the “Setup” tab, you can lock
the menu.

Fig. 13-5 “Setup” tab

If this function is activated, the menu will disappear. Instead of the menu, a message “MENU
LOCKED” is displayed for a short time. Now the access to the on-screen display is denied. You
will get this message anytime you press a key on the keypad.

Fig. 13-6 Menu locked

13-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors

To unlock the menu, you have to press the “MENU” and “SCROLL” keys until the message
“MENU UNLOCKED” appears.

Fig. 13-7 Menu unlocked

NOTE
You can use the “MENU” and “SCROLL” key combination also to lock the on-
screen display directly. This function will toggle between “MENU LOCKED” and
“MENU UNLOCKED”.

13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings

On the “Defaults” tab of the on-screen menu, you can restore the factory settings. The factory set-
tings are optimized for the video output of the Vista image memory system.

Fig. 13-8 “Defaults” tab

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 13-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors

13-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14
Power Supply
Module 10

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

14.1 View of Power Supply ...................................................................................... 14-1


14.2 General Description.......................................................................................... 14-2
14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10 ........................................................... 14-2
14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram ................................................................................ 14-4
14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram................................................. 14-5
14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-5
14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-6
14.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 14-7
14.6.1 Mains input........................................................................................ 14-7
14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet ................................................................. 14-7
14.6.3 Internal mains distribution ................................................................. 14-7
14.6.4 On/Off connections ........................................................................... 14-8
14.7 Fuses................................................................................................................ 14-9
14.8 U357 schematics.............................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.1 Power-on logic .................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution ................................................... 14-12
14.9 Module 10 Transformers .................................................................................. 14-13
14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V.................................................... 14-13
14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V.................................................... 14-14
14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse ......................................................... 14-15

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14 Power Supply
14.1 View of Power Supply

Fig. 14-1 Monitor cart power supply

WARNING
Module 10 (monitor cart power supply) contains dangerous voltages.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.2 General Description

The monitor cart module 10 power supply is the main power module for the Ziehm Vista C-arm
and provides
− power isolation from mains input
− internal power distribution of 230 VAC to the monitor cart and through the XP0 for the mobile
stand
− inrush current limiter
− on/off circuitry
− emergency stop and key switch lock for power

14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10

Isolation transformer TR1 provides:


− isolation from the mains line power supply
− input voltage taps for matching the input voltage to maintain 230 VAC output
− the main supply voltage for the complete C-arm

U357 power distribution board provides:


− power on/off control
− distribution of power
− U357 allows an easy method for matching the input line voltage to the facility power
− matching TR1 input to mains line voltage
− the ability to set the correct voltage is accomplished by following the power selection table
in the diagram below
− X12 to X21 terminals for matching input line to TR1
− output 230 VAC for system

14-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

Matching the line input to TR1:


Matching the line input to facility is accomplished by performing a simple measurement of the wall
outlet connector with a digital volt meter. Monitor the voltage for a period of time long enough to
detect any unusual dips in the mains line (10 to 20 minutes).

NOTE
Those facilities demonstrating large fluctuations in the mains line voltage may
require a more detailed measurement test. Placing a lines voltage monitor and
monitor the line voltage for 12 to 24 hours. This is an important issue and should
not be overlooked.
Once the line voltage is determined to be stable and within the range of the selec-
tion table the service technician must follow the tap setting and jumper placement
as required in the Voltage Selection table for the U357 board.

230 VAC power distribution U357:


− the output of the TR1 transformer (X10 and X11) supplies 230 VAC to the U357 board
− distributes 230 VAC to auxiliary equipment by means of the terminal connectors X24 to X30
− supplies power to devices such as video monitors, printers, image system, etc.
− distributes 230 VAC power to the mobile stand by means of the power connector terminals
X22 and X23

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram

Fig. 14-2 Module 10 block diagram

14-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram

14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V – 240 V)

Fig. 14-3 Module 10 wiring with transformer 11090 set to 115 V

Select Voltage
Transformer 11090
105 VAC 110 VAC 115 VAC 120 VAC 210 VAC 220 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC

Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)

A-H A-F A-D A-B A-H A-F A-D A-B


H-I F-G D-E B-C K-I K-G K-E K-C
K-L K-L K-L K-L

F3 F2 F1

Mains Fuses F1 = F2 = 20 A medium Mains Fuses F1 = F2 = 15 A medium

CAUTION
Only one of the fuses F1, F2, F3 must be inserted!

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V – 240 V)

Fig. 14-4 Module 10 wiring with transformer 11091 set to 115 V

Select Voltage
Transformer 11091
200 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC

Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)

A-K A-I A-H

F2 F1

Mains Fuses F1 = F2 = 15 A medium

CAUTION
Only one of the fuses F1, F2, F3 must be inserted!

14-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.6 Connectors

The module 10 has many connectors and voltage tap settings. The following will provide informa-
tion on the name and function of the listed connector.

14.6.1 Mains input

X1: To P0 connector / Earth

1: Earth

Provides connection to the earth or chassis ground for safety

X2: Mains Input I / Line

1: Line

X3: Mains Input I / Neutral

1: Neutral

14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet

X22: XP0 connection

screw connection 1: XP0 connector / Internal mains to mobile stand

X23: XP0 connection

screw connection 1: XP0 connector / Internal mains to mobile stand

14.6.3 Internal mains distribution

X24 - X30: Cart internal mains distribution 230 V~

3 pin Phoenix MSTBV 2,5/3-G connector


Order number Phoenix: 17 53 45 3
Part Number: 21368

Pin 1: Protective earth

Pin 2: 230 VAC insulated mains I / Neutral

Pin 3: 230 VAC insulated mains I / Line

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.6.4 On/Off connections

X9: XP0 On/Off

3 pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector


Part Number: 21364

Pin1: OFF / active low

Pin 2: ON / active low

Pin 3: Ground

X8: Keyboard On/Off Flat Ribbon Connector

10 pin flat ribbon connector


Part Number: 21090

Pin 1: Ground

Pin 2: Ground

Pin 3: LED output

Pin 4: LED output

Pin 5: n. c.

Pin 6: n. c.

Pin 7: ON / active low

Pin 8: ON / active low

Pin 9: OFF / active low

Pin 10: OFF / active low

X31: Thermo Switch Main Transformer

2 pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector


Part Number: 21335

Pin 1: Thermo switch

Pin 2: Thermo switch

Main power off

14-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

X4: Additional Key Switch

2 pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector


Part Number: 21335

Pin 1: key switch

Pin 2: key switch

Main power off

Must be shorted if no key switch is installed

14.7 Fuses

Fuse F1 Mains Fuse

210-220-230-240 VAC system


Mains Fuse: 15 A medium / Part Number: 17020

105-110-115-120 VAC system


Mains Fuse: 20 A medium / Part Number: 17044

Fuse F2 Mains Fuse

210-220-230-240 VAC system


Mains Fuse: 15 A medium / Part Number: 17020

105-110-115-120 VAC system


Mains Fuse: 20 A medium / Part Number: 17044

Fuse F1

240 VAC system


Supply voltage: 100 mA slow / Part Number: 17010

Not installed for 230 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC

Fuse F2

210-220-230 VAC system


Supply voltage: 100 mA slow / Part Number: 17010

Not installed for 240 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

Fuse F3

105-110-115-120 VAC system


Supply voltage: 100 mA slow / Part Number: 17010

Not installed for 240 VAC; 230 VAC

Fuse F4

Supply voltage: 315 mA slow

Installed for all mains input voltages

14-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.8 U357 schematics

14.8.1 Power-on logic

Fig. 14-5 U357 schematic power-on logic

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution

Fig. 14-6 U357 schematic power distribution

14-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.9 Module 10 Transformers

14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V

Fig. 14-7 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V

Fig. 14-8 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V

14-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse

Protective Device

Thermo sensor

Rating: 120 °C

UL recognized

Not connected to primary and/or secondary circuit

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 14-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply

14-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15
Image Memory System
Module 11

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

15.1 Features ........................................................................................................... 15-1


15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1............................................................................. 15-3
15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2............................................................................. 15-4
15.4 Complete Front View Step 1 ............................................................................ 15-5
15.5 Complete Front View Step 2 ............................................................................ 15-6
15.6 Side View ......................................................................................................... 15-7
15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-8
15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-9
15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-10
15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-11
15.11 Image Memory Service Settings ...................................................................... 15-12
15.11.1 Overview ........................................................................................... 15-12
15.11.2 Service settings................................................................................. 15-12
15.11.3 Step windowing ................................................................................. 15-13
15.11.4 Filter factors ...................................................................................... 15-15
15.11.4.1Filters for anatomical programs ......................................... 15-16
15.11.4.2Filters for subtraction modes ............................................. 15-19
15.11.4.3Filters for subtraction modes with CO2 ...................................... 15-20
15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes........................................ 15-21
15.11.6 DICOM settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.7 System settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.8 Monitor calibration............................................................................. 15-25
15.11.9 HEDIS data ....................................................................................... 15-27
15.11.10 Software update ................................................................................ 15-29
15.12 Displaying Additional Information ..................................................................... 15-30

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k


15.1 Features

Mains 230 VAC

Mains Cycles 50/60 Hz

Rating 300 W

CPU VIA 750 MHz, 128 MB RAM

Hard disk 8 GB partition for system, Ziehm file system for images

Number of Images 3 /150 / 1000 / 5000

Patient Folder System Mosaic view with 16 thumbnail images and search function

Video Input/Digitizing 25 Hz non interlaced, 8 bit / 50Hz interlaced, 8 bit

Scan Rate 15 MHz

Pixels 576 × 576 × 8 bit

Alu 16 bit

Filtering Stack filter: 1....16


Recursive Filter: 0....3
Real-time edge filter: 0....4

Subtraction DSA, MSA, RSA, Auto-MSA, Auto-RSA Phase 1;


with pixel shift and landmarking

Post Processing Zoom, rotation and image reversal


Measuring function, inversion, Windowing

Cine 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12.5 frames per second


Length: 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 images

Monitor out 75 Hz non interlaced (type detection by dongle / IIC interface)


types:
− 17" CRT
− 18.1" TFT
− 23" 16:9 split screen

Brightness Sensor Automatic brightness control by ambient light


via IIC Bus

VIDEO OUT external 50 Hz CCIR

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Interfaces CAN, USB, RS232, SCSI, Ethernet, Floppy, IIC; Centronics


(VGA + keyboard for service)

Floppy 3.5"; 1.44 MB; DICOM images or TIF images

CD-R drive for backup, TIF images, DICOM images

MO drive 3.5"; 640 MB for backup, TIF images or DICOM images

USB drive for backup, TIF images or DICOM images.

DICOM RJ45 or LWL


Storage / Query / Retrieve / Print / Worklist / MPPS / Storage
commitment / Media Storage

Paper Printer UP960, UP980

VCR Remote Interface implemented

NOTE
The availability of features depends on the options installed.

15-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1

Fig. 15-1 Module 11 barebone front view Step 1

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2

Fig. 15-2 Barebone Front view Step 2

15-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.4 Complete Front View Step 1

Fig. 15-3 Module 11 complete front view Step 1

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.5 Complete Front View Step 2

Fig. 15-4 Module 11 complete front view Step 2

15-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.6 Side View

Fig. 15-5 Module 11 side view

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1

Fig. 15-6 Module 11 barebone inside view Step 1

15-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2

Fig. 15-7 Module 11 barebone inside view Step 2

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1

Fig. 15-8 Module 11 complete inside view Step 1

15-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2

Fig. 15-9 Module 11 complete inside view Step 2

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11 Image Memory Service Settings

15.11.1 Overview

General
A large number of parameters can be preset for the Ziehm Vista. This is done in a configuration
menu.

How to use menus


To open the Configuration Menu, you use the MENU key on the monitor cart.

To switch between the different menu items, do the following:


• Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on the desired menu item.

To select a setting option, do the following:


• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired option appears,
or
• Enter the desired value using the alphanumeric keypad on the control panel.

15.11.2 Service settings

Function
The Service Settings menu is used for modifying different system parameters which affect both
the quality of the fluoroscopic image and the user interface.

Password
The Service Settings menu is password-protected. If you are an authorized person, you can
obtain the password from your local Ziehm dealer.

15-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Fig. 15-10 Service Settings menu

15.11.3 Step windowing

Function
The Step Windowing menu is used for presetting 4 fixed steps for the contrast window level (L)
and width (W). During fluoroscopy, you can select these steps with the contrast keys on the C-
arm stand.

NOTE
For the subtraction modes, no step windowing is available.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Fig. 15-11 Step Windowing menu

Parameter range
The available parameter range (0–255) is displayed as soon as the menu item is selected with the
down arrow or up arrow key. The desired values must be entered with the alphanumeric keys.

NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.1, p. 19-14

Activating the step windowing mode


The Windowing menu item is used for setting either standard windowing mode or step windowing
mode for the contrast keys on the C-arm stand.

− Windowing: Off
The contrast keys on the C-arm stand work in standard windowing mode.

− Windowing: On
The contrast keys on the C-arm stand work in step windowing mode.

Default setting
The default windowing steps which are activated after power-up can be programmed for each indi-
vidual anatomical program under Configuration Menu → Service Settings → Filter Factors →
Organ 0 / Organ 1 / Organ 2 / Soft (→ Ch. 15.11.4.1, p. 15-16).

15-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.4 Filter factors

Function
The Filter Factors submenu is used for setting different filter factors for each anatomical program
and each subtraction mode in separate submenus.

Fig. 15-12 Filter Factors menu

Menu item Anatomical program

Organ 0 = extremities & children

Organ 1 = head, spine & pelvis

Organ 2 = thorax & abdomen

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.4.1 Filters for anatomical programs

Filter types
For each of the anatomical programs Organ 0, Organ 1, Organ 2 and Soft, the values for the
following filters can be programmed:
− Recursive filter for continuous fluoroscopy
(independent settings for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2)
− Stack filter for continuous fluoroscopy
− Edge filter
− Default windowing step after power-up
− Stack filter for continuous pulse fluoroscopy
− Stack filter for snapshot

Fig. 15-13 Filter Factors for Organ Key 0 menu

15-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Parameter values
The following parameter values can be set:

Filter type Fluoroscopy mode Available parameters

Recursive filter Continuous fluoroscopy Level 0, 1, 2, 3

Stack filter Continuous fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images

Edge filter Continuous fluoroscopy, Level 0, 1, 2, 3, 4


continuous pulse fluoroscopy,
snapshot

Windowing step Continuous fluoroscopy, Level -2, -1, 0, +1, +2


continuous pulse fluoroscopy,
snapshot

Continuous pulse Continuous pulse fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images


(= stack filter)

Snapshot Snapshot 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images


(= stack filter)

Recursive filter
The recursive filter adds a certain number of images (which are determined by the preset level)
during fluoroscopy. Each newly-acquired image is superimposed by the result of the previous
addition with a certain weighting factor. The higher the number of images, the greater the noise
suppression, but also the greater motion blurring.
The values can be set independently for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2. The
values are displayed in the lower left corner of the live screen in the following form: N=0, N=1, N=2,
N=3.
The preset values can be adjusted during operation with the F2 and F3 keys on the C-arm stand
control panel.

Stack filter
The stack filter generates and adds the preset number of images after radiation has been termi-
nated. The higher the preset number of images, the greater the noise suppression, but also the
greater motion blurring if the patient moves during image generation.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Edge filter
The edge filter is used for setting a greater or lesser degree of enhancement (sharpening) of
edges within the image. 4 levels of edge enhancement are available:

Level Meaning

0 No edge enhancement (original fluoroscopic image)

1 Slight edge enhancement

2 Medium edge enhancement

3 Strong edge enhancement

Increasing the level of edge enhancement will also cause any noise in the image to become more
apparent, though.

Windowing step
This value determines which windowing step is automatically set by the system for the corre-
sponding anatomical program after power-up, provided that the step windowing mode has been
activated (→ Ch. 15.11.3, p. 15-13).
You can adjust these default settings later during operation using the contrast keys on the C-arm
stand.

Continuous pulse
This setting defines how many images are used for the stack filter in continuous pulse fluoros-
copy mode (overriding the value specified under Stack filter).

Snapshot
This setting defines how many images are used for the stack filter in snapshot mode (overriding
the value specified under Stack filter).

NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15

15-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.4.2 Filters for subtraction modes

Filter types
For each of the subtraction modes DSA, RSA and MSA, the values for the following filters can be
programmed:
− Recursive filter
(independent settings for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2)
− Stack filter
− Edge filter

Fig. 15-14 Filter Factors for DSA Key menu

Parameter values
The following parameter values can be set:

Filter type Fluoroscopy mode Available parameters

Recursive filter Continuous fluoroscopy Level 0, 1, 2, 3

Stack filter Continuous fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images

Edge filter Continuous fluoroscopy, Level 0, 1, 2, 3, 4


continuous pulse fluoroscopy,
snapshot

NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.4.3 Filters for subtraction modes with CO2


Filter types
If the system is equipped with the CO2 option, the values for the following filters can be selected
for each of the subtraction modes DSA, RSA and MSA in combination with CO2 negative contrast
medium:
− Recursive filter
(independent settings for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2)
− Stack filter
− Edge filter

Fig. 15-15 Filter Factors for CO2 DSA menu

Parameter values
The following parameter values can be set:

Filter type Fluoroscopy mode Available parameters

Recursive filter Continuous fluoroscopy Level 0, 1, 2, 3

Stack filter Continuous fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images

Edge filter Continuous fluoroscopy, Level 0, 1, 2, 3, 4


continuous pulse fluoroscopy,
snapshot

NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15

15-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes

Function
This menu is used for setting default values for the width (W) and level (L) of the contrast window.
This is done separately for DSA, MSA and RSA.
If the system is equipped with the CO2 option, the default windowing values for each individual
subtraction mode in combination with CO2 can be set in addition.

Fig. 15-16 Windowing Settings for Subtraction Modes menu

Parameter range
The available parameter range (0–255) is displayed as soon as the menu item is selected with the
down arrow or up arrow key. The desired values must be entered with the alphanumeric keys.
Function key F3 – CO2 moves the cursor to the column where the default windowing values for
the subtraction modes with CO2 negative contrast medium are set.
Function key F3 – Normal returns the cursor to the column where the default windowing values
for the subtraction modes with positive contrast medium are set.

NOTE
The default values are listed in the adjustment chapter (→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.6 DICOM settings

→ Ch. 16

15.11.7 System settings

In the System Settings menu, you can set or modify the following system parameters with the
cursor keys:
− Vario 3D function
− DSA mask
− Ambient light sensor
− Histogram
− Dose area product
− File check
− Collimators
− Language

Fig. 15-17 System Settings menu

Vario 3D function
On a Ziehm Vista, the Vario 3D function must always be set to Off.

15-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

DSA mask
If the option Always is set, a new mask image is acquired during each DSA.

NOTICE
You must always set the Always option under DSA mask.

Ambient light sensor gain


Under Bri sensor gain you define to which extent the system adjusts the screen backlight bright-
ness to the ambient light conditions. You can select a value between 1 (weak gain) and 20 (strong
gain).

Ambient light sensor limit value


Under Bri sensor limit you specify a maximum value for the screen backlight brightness. You can
select a value between 0 and 32.

Ambient light sensor speed


Under Bri sensor speed you define how long it takes to adjust the screen backlight brightness to
changes in ambient light conditions. You can select a value between 10 s and 60 s.

Histogram
Here you define whether the histogram is displayed or not.

NOTE
Histogram function will be disabled automatically after system has been turned off.

Dose area product


Here you define whether the dose area product is displayed on the live screen or not.

File check
Here you define whether the system checks the internal image data list for corrupt files during
power-up.

NOTICE
You must always set the On option under File check.

Collimator offset and collimator factor


→ Ch. 9.4.4, p. 9-12

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Language
You can choose between the following languages for the user interface:
− DEUTSCH
− ENGLISH
− FRANÇAISE
− ITALIANO
− ESPAÑOL
− SVENSKA
− POLSKI
− CZECH

To apply the settings, do the following:

• Press key F1 – Save.

• Switch off the system.

• Switch the system back on.

• The new settings are valid now.

To discard system settings that have not been applied yet, do the following:

• Press key F2 – Cancel, or

• Quit the Service Settings menu without applying the settings.

15-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.8 Monitor calibration

This menu only appears in units equipped with CRT monitors.


In the Monitor Calibration menu, you set the vertical and horizontal scaling and position of the
screen display using a test image. There are 6 different test images available.
Furthermore, the monitor’s serial number is automatically displayed in the Monitor Calibration
menu.

Fig. 15-18 Monitor Calibration menu

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-25


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

To calibrate a monitor, do the following:

• In the Monitor Calibration menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is
on the Select monitor menu item.

• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired screen (Left or Right) is displayed.

• The Monitor Calibration menu appears on the selected screen.

• Press the down arrow key.

• The Test image menu item is selected.

• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired test image (test image 1–6) is
selected.

• The selected test image is displayed on the other screen.

• Press the down arrow key.

• The Hor. size menu item is selected.

• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image has the desired horizontal size.

• Press the down arrow key.

• The Hor. position menu item is selected.

• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image is in the desired horizontal position.

• Press the down arrow key.

• The Vert. size menu item is selected.

• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image has the desired vertical size.

• Press the down arrow key.

• The Vert. position menu item is selected.

• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image is in the desired vertical position.

• Press key F1 – Save to apply the settings.

15-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.9 HEDIS data

To upload the image memory data of the system to a USB storage device, do the following:

• In the Service Settings menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on
the HEDIS data menu item.

• Press the Enter key.

• The keys F1 – Export and F2 – Import appear on the screen.

Fig. 15-19 Service Settings menu, HEDIS data menu item

• Plug the USB storage device to which you want to upload the image memory data into the USB
port.

• Press key F1 – Export.

• The image memory data is uploaded to the USB storage device and saved there.

• Press the ESC key.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-27


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

To download image memory data from a USB storage device to the system, do the follow-
ing:

• In the Service Settings menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on
the HEDIS data menu item.

• Press the Enter key.

• The keys F1 – Export and F2 – Import appear on the screen.

Fig. 15-20 Service Settings menu, HEDIS data menu item

• Plug the USB storage device with the image memory data you want to download to the system
into the USB port.

• Press key F2 – Import.

• The image memory data is downloaded from the USB storage device to the system and saved
there.

• Press the ESC key.

15-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.11.10 Software update

To perform a software update, do the following:

• In the Service Settings menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on
the Software update menu item.

• Plug the USB storage device that contains the update package into the USB port.

• Press the Enter key.


The following confirmation prompt appears:
Do you really want to update? Y/N

Fig. 15-21 Service Settings menu, Software update menu item

• Press the Y key on the alphanumeric keypad.


The software update is installed.
Once the complete software update package has been installed, the following message is dis-
played:
Software update is completed
Please switch the system OFF and ON

• Switch the system off and back on.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-29


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15.12 Displaying Additional Information

To display additional information about the image memory do the following:


• Press the menu key.
• Select “Basic Settings”.
• Press Enter.
• Press the “Right Arrow” and “Image Transfer” keys simultaneously.

Fig. 15-22 “Right Arrow” and “Image Transfer” keys

Additional information will appear in the “Basic Settings” menu.

Fig. 15-23 “Basic Settings” menu with additional information

15-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

Information contains:

− First row
− Version and release date of image memory software
− Serial number of image memory
− Serial number of C-arm (only if C-arm is connected)

− Second row
− Firmware versions of image memory hardware

− Third row
− Information about enabled options

− Fourth row
− Information about enabled options
− Storage capacity of image memory

− Fifth row
− Information about video system (interlaced / non interlaced)
− Information about enabled options

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 15-31


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k

15-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16
DICOM
Configuration Manual

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

16.1 DICOM Overview ............................................................................................. 16-1


16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters..................................................................... 16-2
16.3 DICOM Configuration ....................................................................................... 16-4
16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment ......................... 16-4
16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage ........................................................ 16-6
16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve........................................... 16-8
16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS................................................. 16-12
16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers ...................................................... 16-17
16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)................. 16-21

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16 DICOM Configuration Manual


16.1 DICOM Overview

DICOM means Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine. This worldwide standard was
developed by ACR and NEMA for the exchange of information between digital imaging computer
systems in medical environments.
The Ziehm C-arm can be supplied with 5 DICOM options:
1 With the DICOM Storage option you can send x-ray documentation to a DICOM computer
network. With DICOM Storage Commitment you can get a confirmation from the archive
that an image is saved.
2 With the DICOM Media Storage option you can save x-ray documentation to a 650 MB for-
matted MO disk or DVD/CD.
3 The DICOM Query/Retrieve option is used to query patient, study, series and image data
from a computer network.
4 The DICOM Worklist option is used to query a worklist job for today from a computer net-
work. MPPS can be used to send worklist jobs into the status “in progress” and finally “com-
pleted”.
5 The DICOM Basic Grayscale Print option is used to print x-ray images to a computer net-
work.
The basic document of the DICOM application is the “Conformance Statement”, which is obli-
gation for every “DICOM participant”. With this document you can decide whether the communi-
cation between Ziehm C-arm (SCU = Service Class User) and server (SCP = Service Class
Provider) will be successful.
The DICOM transmission needs the network parameters described in the following section:

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters

To enable the system to establish a connection for a DICOM data transfer, you must specify the
following network parameters:

− IP addr. DICOM server (IP = Internet Protocol)


Each host on the network is assigned an IP address consisting of a 32-bit number, e.g.
192.168.127.080 (192.168.127 = group address, .080 = individual host)
IP address ranges (examples, other configurations are possible):
− Class A network: 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255
− Class B network: 128.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255
− Class C network: 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255

− IP subnet mask
255.255.255.0 (subnet mask, combined with IP address yields group address, see above)
IP address ranges (examples, other configurations are possible):
− Class A network: 255.0.0.0
− Class B network: 255.255.0.0
− Class C network: 255.255.255.0

− Host name DICOM server


Name of the network host, e.g. sun-server, with unique IP address assignment

− AE title DICOM server (Application Entity = name of the application)


Name of the DICOM application on the server, e.g. INOARCHIVE for DICOM Storage

16-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

− Port addr. DICOM server


At this address, the server “listens” for requests from Ziehm NetPort.

− IP address gateway
If the server and Ziehm NetPort belong to different groups, a gateway must be specified, e.g.
192.168.127.254.

− IP address ZiehmNetPort (IP address of Ziehm Vista)

− AE title ZiehmNetPort (AE title of Ziehm NetPort, freely configurable)


The DICOM Verification function enables you to check whether all parameters have been
entered correctly (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21. The default port address for
DICOM is set to 104 and cannot be reconfigured.

Entering special characters


In some lines of the network parameter input screen, you may enter certain special characters.
Function keys F4 – < and F5 – > appear in this case. A list of the available special characters is
displayed above these two function keys. As long as you hold down one of these two function
keys, the available special keys are displayed one after the other in the order of the list. With F4
– < you can scroll forward in the list. With F5 – > you can scroll backward in the list.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.3 DICOM Configuration

16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment

Storage information model


When configuring the storage server, you specify not only the general network parameter
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the storage information model (SOP class = Service Object Pair).
You can choose between the following options:
− XA = X-ray Angiography
− CR = Computed Radiography
− SC = Secondary Capture
The original images furnished by Ziehm NetPort are of type XA. Since some servers do not sup-
port the XA SOP class, CR and SC are provided as alternatives.

Image attributes
Under Image attributes included you define which filter algorithms from the image memory are
applied to the DICOM image prior to transfer. By default, all attributes are set to Off, and the raw
image is transferred.

To configure the storage server, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Storage server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Storage Server menu appears.

16-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-1 DICOM Settings Storage Server menu

• Enter the network parameters.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or


F5 – > until the desired special character appears.

• Activate or deactivate the desired image attributes.

• Press key F6 – Verify.


The system checks the network connection between SCU (Service Class User = Ziehm Net-
Port) and SCP (Service Class Provider = server) by means of a “ping”, the DICOM settings
(e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends an ECHO request
to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
If your system includes the Storage Commitment function, the following message is dis-
played:
Do you want to activate NetCommit? Y/N

• Press the Y key if you want to activate the Storage Commitment function, or

• Press the N key if you do not want to activate the Storage Commitment function.

• Press key F1 – Save.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage

Storage information model


When configuring the storage server, you specify not only the general network parameters
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the storage information model (SOP class = Service Object Pair).
You can choose between the following options:
− XA = X-ray Angiography
− CR = Computed Radiography
− SC = Secondary Capture
The original images furnished by Ziehm NetPort are of type XA. Since some servers do not sup-
port the XA SOP class, CR and SC are provided as alternatives.

Image attributes
Under Image attributes included you define which filter algorithms from the image memory are
applied to the DICOM image prior to saving. By default, all attributes are set to Off, and the raw
image is saved.

DICOM graphics format


The DICOM format must have been set as graphics format for writing images to USB storage
device or CD.

To configure Media Storage, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Media storage menu item.


The DICOM Settings Media Storage menu appears.

16-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-2 DICOM Settings Media Storage menu

• Enter the AE title and the SOP class.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Activate or deactivate the desired image attributes.

• Press key F1 – Save.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve

Query model
When configuring the query/retrieve server, you specify not only the general network parameters
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the query model:
− PATIENT ROOT: Patient-level data
− STUDY ROOT: Study-level data

NOTE
If several patients with the same patient ID are stored in the PACS, you will get the
patient with the respective ID who is sent by the PACS first.

Network parameters for Retrieve


To enable Ziehm NetPort to connect to the Query server for the Retrieve function, you must enter
its AE title, IP address as well as port 104. Use the same IP address and AE title as in the DICOM
Settings Query Server menu (→ Fig. 16-3, p. 16-9).

To configure the query server, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Query server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Query Server menu appears.

16-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-3 DICOM Settings Query Server menu

• Enter the network parameters.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Press key F6 – Verify.


The system checks the network connection between SCU (Service Class User = Ziehm Net-
Port) and SCP (Service Class Provider = server) by means of a “ping”, the DICOM settings
(e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends an ECHO request
to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Retrieve server
The retrieve server settings are entered in the DICOM Settings Retrieve Server X menu.
If any requested images cannot be found on the query server, Ziehm NetPort will automatically
select the appropriate retrieve server using the retrieve AE title (which is provided by the query
server).

To configure a retrieve server, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Query server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Query Server menu appears.

Fig. 16-4 DICOM Settings Query Server menu

• Place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server menu item.

• Press key F4 – < or F5 – >.


The DICOM Settings Retrieve Server menu for the selected retrieve server (1 or 2) is dis-
played.

16-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-5 DICOM Settings Retrieve Server menu (here: Retrieve Server 1)

• Enter the network parameters.


The Gateway, IP address Ziehm NetPort and AE title Ziehm NetPort settings must be identical
to the corresponding query server settings.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Press key F6 – Verify.


The system checks the network connection between SCU and SCP by means of a “ping”, the
DICOM settings (e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends
an ECHO request to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS

Search arguments for Worklist Server


When configuring the worklist server, you specify not only the general network parameters
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also one or several search arguments:

− Modality: You can limit the Worklist to images of the XA or CR SOP class (→ p. 16-4)

− Station AE title: You can limit the Worklist to jobs that are assigned to the AE title ZiehmNet-
Port specified (= YES; NO = no limitation)

− Time span: The default setting for the time span is 0 – 24 o’clock of the current day. You may
set a shorter period of time (full hours only).

− Location: You can limit the Worklist to jobs that are related to the location of the respective
Ziehm NetPort, e.g. OR 1.

Operator’s name
In addition, you must enter the name of the radiological technologist under Operator’s Name.

To configure the worklist server, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Worklist server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu appears.

16-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-6 DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu

• Enter the network parameters.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Enter the desired search arguments.

• Enter the name of the radiological technologist under Operator’s Name.

• Press key F6 – Verify.


The system checks the network connection between SCU and SCP by means of a “ping”, the
DICOM settings (e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends
an ECHO request to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).

• Press key F1 – Save.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

MPPS Server
When configuring the MPPS server, you specify only the general network parameters
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2). The search arguments are irrelevant for the MPPS server.

To configure the MPPS server, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.


Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Worklist server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu appears.

Fig. 16-7 DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu

• Place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server menu item.

• Press key F5 – >.


The DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu appears.

16-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-8 DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu

• Enter the network parameters.

• Enter the name of the radiological technologist under Operator’s Name.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Press key F6 – Verify.


The system checks the network connection between SCU and SCP by means of a “ping”, the
DICOM settings (e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends
an ECHO request to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
If the connection has been successfully established, the following message appears:
Do you want to activate MPPS? Y/N

• Press the Y key if you want to activate the MPPS function, or

• Press the N key if you do not want to activate the MPPS function.
If the system was unable to establish a connection, the MPPS function is automatically deacti-
vated.

• Press key F1 – Save.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Returning to the Worklist server configuration


To return from the DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu to the DICOM Settings Worklist
Server menu, do the following:

• In the DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu, place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server
menu item.

• Press key F4 – <.


The DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu appears.

16-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers

Two print servers


You can configure two print servers if you wish.
Print server 1 can be configured to perform one of the following functions:

− Print = DICOM Print

− Navigation (for a surgical navigation system)

− Storage2 = DICOM Store


Print server 2 can only be configured for the Print function.

Additional parameters
When configuring the print server, you specify not only the general network parameters
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the following additional parameters:

− Number of copies: Here you define the number of hard copies (default setting: 1; setting
options: 1–10).

− Print priority: Here you may define a certain priority for the print jobs (default setting: none;
setting options: HIGH, MED, LOW).

− Medium type: Here you may define a certain printer medium (default setting: none; setting
options: PAPER, CLEAR FILM, BLUE FILM).

− Film destination: Here you may define a certain output tray for the printed film, according to
its intended use (default setting: none; setting options: MAGAZINE, PROCESSOR, BIN_1,
BIN_2 ... BIN_9).

− Film session label: Here you may enter any text for labeling the film (default setting: none).

− Film size ID: Here you may specify the film size (default setting: none; setting options:
8INX10IN, 8_5INX11IN, 10INX12IN, 10INX14IN, 11INX14IN, 11INX17IN, 14INX14IN,
14INX17IN, 24CMX24CM, 24CMX30CM, A4, A3)

− Number / Page: Here you may specify how many images you want to print on one page
(default setting: 1, setting options: 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 20, 24)

− Min. Density or Max. Density: Here you define the desired minimum or maximum print density
(default setting: none, setting options 0...65535).

− User Configuration: Here you define whether an additional dialog for making the print settings
is displayed or not when the user selects the DICOM Print function (default setting: Off; setting
options: Off, On).

− Function: Here you define which function is assigned to function key F5 – NetOutput in the
Mosaic menu, Output submenu (default setting: Print; setting options: Print = DICOM Print,
Storage2 = DICOM Store; Navigation = Navigation for a surgical navigation system)
Print Server 2: Only the Print = DICOM Print function is available.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Configuring print server 1


To configure print server 1, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Print server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu appears.

Fig. 16-9 DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu

• Enter the network parameters.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Specify the print configuration parameters.

• Press key F1 – Save.

16-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Configuring print server 2


To configure print server 2, do the following:

• Press the MENU key.


The Configuration Menu appears.

• Select the Service settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the DICOM settings menu item.

• Type the password and press the Enter key.

• Select the Print server menu item.


The DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu appears.

Fig. 16-10 DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu

• Place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server menu item.

• Press key F5 – >.


The DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu appears.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Fig. 16-11 DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu

• Enter the network parameters.


When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.

• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...

• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special
character appears.

• Specify the print configuration parameters.

• Press key F1 – Save.

Returning to the print server 1 configuration


To return from the DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu to the DICOM Settings Print Server 1
menu, do the following:

• In the DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu, place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server
menu item.

• Press key F4 – <.


The DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu appears.

16-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)

The DICOM Verification function enables you to check whether all parameters have been
entered correctly. If the verification procedure is not successful, one of the following error mes-
sages is displayed:

Error message Cause(s)

No connection to server Server is missing or not switched on, or


(is displayed in the respective interface lan- wrong IP address.
guage)

PC/TCP resident module is not loaded; Network interface card driver is not loaded
aborting program
up to SW 15: PCTCP in autoexec.bat is not set
No connection to server

Failed to connect to remote host [v5] Server is not switched on


up to SW 15:
IP address of DICOM server is wrong
No connection to server
IP subnet mask is wrong

Unable to resolve host name to ip address Host name of DICOM server is wrong
[v5]
up to SW 15: (use IP address instead of host name)
No connection to server

Association negotiation failed [v5] AE title of DICOM server is wrong


up to SW 15:
SYSTEM ERROR 23 Port address of DICOM server is wrong
AE title of Ziehm NetPort is wrong (when try-
ing to connect to the server)
no common SOP classes (mergecom.app)

Connection aborted before association Port address of DICOM server does not exist
negotiation was completed [v5]
up to SW 15: Application on the server is not running
No response from server

Required Configuration Info Missing [v5] Wrong mergecom.app


up to SW 15:
No response from server

MERGE.INI file cannot be located [v1] Entry in autoexec.bat is missing


up to SW 15:
SYSTEM ERROR 3

(Communication takes too long (> 20 s)) dicom\pctcp\pctcpsrv.drv file is incompatible

Network unexpectedly shutdown [v11] Server does not send an ECHO response,
but association negotiation is okay

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

Error message Cause(s)

Message service unacceptable for this Wrong mergecom.app


association [v8]
STANDARD_ECHO is missing

Timed out waiting on network partner Server does not recognize ECHO request or
[v11] STANDARD_ECHO service
It may be necessary to restart the server (e.g.
HIPAX server)

Network partner sent an invalid message Server does not recognize ECHO request or
[v11] STANDARD_ECHO service
It may be necessary to restart the server (e.g.
HIPAX server)

16-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

DICOM Retrieve
The following error messages frequently occur at user level:

Response from server Cause(s)

0xa801 Ziehm NetPort is not properly connected to


the server: wrong network settings

0xC000, 0xC001 Ziehm NetPort is not properly connected to


the server: wrong DICOM settings, or image
data is not stored on the query server

DICOM hardware faults

Fault Remedy

Image memory module fault Replace image memory module

Defective cables Replace cables


Visible damage (kinks, pinches, abrasion,
cuts)
No connection between two correctly
functioning components (e.g. hub – hub),
simple continuity test can be performed with
a multimeter

Defective socket(s) Replace FOC sockets on the monitor cart


Visible damage If the defective sockets are within the hospital
network: Plug the monitor cart into another
No connection between correctly functioning
socket for checking
components (e.g. hub – cable – socket –
server)

Cable connection interrupted Establish cable connection


Cable is not plugged in, cable is defective,
socket is defective

FOC version: Swap the RX and TX cables


RX and TX cables are swapped
The LINK LED on port 2 of the fiber optic
converter is not lit.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 16-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual

16-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
17
DICOM
Conformance Statement

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
17 DICOM Conformance Statement

17 DICOM
Conformance Statement
For more information on DICOM, please refer to our DICOM Conformance Statement.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 17-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
17 DICOM Conformance Statement

17-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18
Software Tools

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

18.1 Exposcop Studio .............................................................................................. 18-1


18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm........................................ 18-1
18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors .................................. 18-1
18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio.................................................................. 18-1
18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface ........................................................ 18-3
18.1.3.1 Main window .................................................................... 18-3
18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard............................................................... 18-4
18.1.3.3 Status line ........................................................................ 18-4
18.1.3.4 Workspace....................................................................... 18-5
18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software ............................................ 18-6
18.1.4.1 Exposcop ......................................................................... 18-6
18.1.4.2 “Workspace” .................................................................... 18-8
18.1.4.3 “Settings” ......................................................................... 18-9
18.1.5 “General” tab ..................................................................................... 18-10
18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab................................................................................ 18-11
18.1.7 “Generator” tab ................................................................................. 18-13
18.1.8 “Update” tab ...................................................................................... 18-14
18.1.9 “Options” tab ..................................................................................... 18-16
18.1.9.1 Option bits........................................................................ 18-16
18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup ................................................ 18-19
18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment.................................... 18-20
18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab........................................................................... 18-21
18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab ................................................................................. 18-22
18.1.12 “Errors” tab ........................................................................................ 18-23
18.1.13 “Times” tab ........................................................................................ 18-24
18.1.14 “DAP” tab .......................................................................................... 18-25
18.1.15 “CAN” tab .......................................................................................... 18-26
18.1.16 Installation directory .......................................................................... 18-27
18.1.17 Update procedure ............................................................................. 18-28
18.1.18 Offline mode...................................................................................... 18-29
18.1.18.1 Floppy disks for software update ..................................... 18-30
18.1.18.2 Options - switch assignment............................................ 18-31
18.1.19 Problem correction ............................................................................ 18-32
18.2 Integrated Service Functions............................................................................ 18-33
18.2.1 General ............................................................................................. 18-33
18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode ............................................. 18-33
18.2.3 Important keys .................................................................................. 18-33
18.2.4 Service programs .............................................................................. 18-34
18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version) .......................................... 18-34
18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm) ............. 18-34
18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm) ............. 18-34
18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format) ............. 18-34
18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format) ................... 18-35
18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1).......... 18-35
18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2).......... 18-35
18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment) ................................ 18-35
18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment) ............ 18-36

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18.2.4.10 Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)............. 18-37
18.2.4.11 Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)............. 18-37
18.2.4.12 Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)............. 18-37
18.2.4.13 Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode) ......... 18-38
18.2.4.14 Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer) ................... 18-38
18.2.4.15 Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve) ... 18-38
18.2.4.16 Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD) ....... 18-38
18.2.4.17 Program 16 (select crosshair Compact) .......................... 18-38

ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18 Software Tools
18.1 Exposcop Studio

This program is a tool with which you can perform various service procedures on the mobile X-ray
systems of the Ziehm 7000, 8000, Compact and Vista series. This requires, however, that you
have acquired the necessary skill and knowledge by attending a training at Ziehm Imaging. If this
is not the case, you should not try to change the settings of your Ziehm C-arm with this program,
but instead request a trained service technician from Ziehm Imaging.

18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm

Communication between notebook and C-arm is established via a CAN interface. There are two
possibilities to connect a notebook to the C-arm:
• Via a USB-CAN adapter
• Via a PARCAN adapter (not available as a new part anymore)
The connection must be configured in the Exposcop Studio “Interface Selection” dialog box.

18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors

The CAN adapter is connected to the hand switch socket.

18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio

In order to start the Exposcop Studio, you will find the Exposcop Studio under Start menu > Pro-
grams > Ziehm Imaging > Exposcop Studio.
It is recommended to create a shortcut on the desktop.
When you start the Exposcop Studio software, the GUI (Graphical User Interface) possibly may
not start. If you get a window “Connecting the Exposcop”, followed by a message box “Interface”,
the USB-CAN or PARCAN adapter cannot be found.

Fig. 18-1 “Interface” message box

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

Check your cable connection. If the cable is connected correctly, press the “Change” button.

Fig. 18-2 “Interface Selection” dialog box

Select either “PARCAN-Adapter” or “USB-CAN Adapter”. Select the LPT port your notebook uses.
The other options refer to cards for stationary computers and are not used for field service.
If everything is configured correctly, after pressing “OK” the GUI will start.

If no dose measuring system is connected to the computer, enter value -1 in the Dosemeter Port
field.
After pressing OK, another window may appear, if the adapter cannot communicate with the C-
arm:

Fig. 18-3 “Exposcop” dialog box

For details on how to solve this problem, → Ch. 18.1.19, p. 18-32, Problem correction

18-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface

18.1.3.1 Main window

The main window displays a virtual keyboard for the Ziehm C-arm and below that a status line and
a workspace. You can select different tabs with the tab labels at the bottom of the workspace for
the various service tasks. Please note that you must select an image intensifier size before you
can access another tab. Since the dose for the protocol and various default settings depend on
this value, an adjustment is only possible after you have made a selection here.

Fig. 18-4 Graphical user interface of Exposcop Studio

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard

With the virtual keyboard you can control functions of the Ziehm C-arm that need to be changed
frequently when working with the Studio Software. Additionally it shows the current state of the
Ziehm C-arm. You can press the keys with the mouse or use the following shortcuts:

PC key Ziehm C-arm key

F2 Thorax program

F3 Pelvis program

F4 Extremities program

F5 DSA

F6 RSA

F7 MSA

F8 Soft

F9 Metal

F10 Magnifier

F11 Half dose

Ctrl+F2 Fluoroscopy

Ctrl+F3 Pulsed fluoroscopy

Ctrl+F4 Snapshot

Ctrl+R Reset Ziehm C-arm

18.1.3.3 Status line

In the status line you can see information about the selected organ program in plain text. Addition-
ally the number of the used organ table and kV/mA table is displayed. In the organ table the char-
acteristics for AGC, CCD iris and the video adjustment data are stored. The kV/mA table defines
the current for a given voltage and so the intensity of X-ray radiation. Also the actual value of the
CCD iris is shown.

18-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.3.4 Workspace

The workspace has a number of tabs for the various service procedures you can do with Studio
Software. To switch between them, press the corresponding tab label at the bottom. You can also
press Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Shift+Tab to switch to the next or previous tab.
The following tabs are available:
− General shows serial numbers, software versions and the error status.
− Adjustment allows changing the adjustment data for the selected organ program.
− Generator is where you can change the generator settings.
− Update allows you to update the software in the Ziehm C-arm.
− Options is the tab where you can change the option settings.
− Under Startup Config you can change the way the Ziehm C-arm starts up after power-on.
− Under kVmA Tab you can view the kV/mA table for the current organ program.
− Error shows the error log and allows download and erase the error log
− Times provides different timer settings
− DAP: dose meter setup
− CAN: performs a ping to all CAN modules

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software

18.1.4.1 Exposcop

Fig. 18-5 Menu “Exposcop”

The “Exposcop” menu contains three items:


− “Program module”
− “Write RAM signature”
− “Exit Exposcop Studio”

18-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.4.1.1 Program module...

The “Program module...” command opens a window which allows to program single modules
manually without machine data conversion and transmission. This is required if a module has lost
its software and is not displayed on the “Update” tab anymore.

Fig. 18-6 “Program single module” dialog box

The module name and the required software version (corresponding to a global release) have to
be selected. Now programming can be started. After programming, machine data for the module
has to be transmitted.
Available modules are:
− U325 Module 2
− U180 Module 3
− U181 Module 6 Keyboard Ziehm 7000
− U400 Module 6 Keyboard Ziehm 8000 and Vista
− U353 CAN interface Ziehm 7000 Monitor Cart USA
− U385 Module 11 Image Memory
− U501 Video & Dose control

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.4.1.2 “Write RAM signature”

This function has to be used after battery replacement on the U325 board in order to clear the
Warning “E32”.

18.1.4.1.3 “Exit Exposcop Studio”

This will terminate the software.

18.1.4.2 “Workspace”

Allows to switch between the different workspaces.

Fig. 18-7 “Workspace” menu

18-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.4.3 “Settings”

Fig. 18-8 “Settings” menu

The “Settings” menu contains three items:


− “Protocol dose adjustment”
This function creates a protocol of the adjustment values and the nominal dose values.
− “Protocol Directory”
Sets up the directory for the protocol file
− “Machine Data directory”
The “Machine data directory” command opens a browser window which allows you to set
the machine data directory of the Exposcop Studio. This directory is required for storing the
downloaded machine data of the unit.
− “Interface”
Opens the “Interface Selection” dialog box as described above (→ Ch. 18-2, p. 18-2).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.5 “General” tab

Fig. 18-9 “General” tab

On the “General” tab, you receive information about:


− C-arm type
− Serial number of the mobile stand (from GAL on U328 of module 2)
− Serial number of the image memory (from GAL on U385)
− Global SW version
− SW versions and release date and of every CAN bus module
− Organ key assignment
The global software version displayed is the version of the U325. The software is consistent if all
modules except U517 (virtual collimator) show an identical release date.
To activate the other tabs of the Exposcop Studio, the image intensifier size has to be selected
from the drop-down box. This information is required for creating the protocol file.

18-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab

Fig. 18-10 “Adjustment” tab

On the “Adjustment” tab you can do the dose and video adjustment for the current organ program.
Which organ program is the current one is shown in the status line. You can also see there which
organ table number and which kV/mA table are used for this organ program.
In the “fluoroscopy program to adjust” combo box, you specify which organ program will be
adjusted.
The following options are available:

current The current program of the Ziehm C-arm is adjusted. This is the default setting.

Thorax The “Thorax” organ program is put on the corresponding organ key.

Pelvis The “Pelvis” organ program is put on the corresponding organ key. The appro-
priate kV/mA table is transmitted into the Ziehm C-arm.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

Spine The “Spine” organ program is put on the “Pelvis” organ key. The appropriate
kV/mA table is transmitted into the Ziehm C-arm.To put the original program on
the “Pelvis” organ key, select “Pelvis” in the combo box again.

CO2 The Ziehm C-arm is prepared for the adjustment of the CO2 program. You can
load default settings for the corresponding organ and kV/mA table. The CO2
program is put to the “Thorax” key for adjustment. Switch back to the normal
settings after adjustment by selecting “Thorax” in the combo box.

DSA The Ziehm C-arm is prepared for the adjustment of the DSA program. You can
load default settings for the corresponding organ and kV/mA table. The DSA
program is put to the Thorax key for adjustment. Switch back to the normal set-
tings after adjustment by selecting “Thorax” in the combo box.

In the area for dose adjustment you can adjust the AGC values and the settings for the CCD iris.
You can use the slider, the +/- keys or the edit field. Please note that any entries in the edit field
become effective only after you move away the cursor (e.g. with the tab key).
The Ziehm C-arm uses different values for these parameters depending on the state of the func-
tions “Magnifier” and “Half Dose”. The entered values are always used for the current state which
is displayed in the status line. Additionally you can select the settings for the measurement area
black, white and the control mode in the combo boxes.
In the area video adjustment, you set the parameters for white value, black value and the second
black value (when the “METAL” key is pressed). As above, you can also use slider, +/- keys or
edit field to make your settings.
Any changes that you make on this tab are sent to the Ziehm C-arm and become effective imme-
diately. To store the data in the permanent memory (EEPROM) press the “Store” key. Otherwise
the data will be overwritten after the next change of the organ program. When you press the “Store
Protocol” button, an entry in the adjustment protocol is created, if you have chosen to use a pro-
tocol with the “Settings\Protocol adjustment” menu item.
Please note that you cannot change some values in the standard edition of the Studio Software.
The corresponding fields are dimmed.

18-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.7 “Generator” tab

On this tab, you can change the generator settings. Limit values and parameters for the iris, set-
tings for the D/A converter and time for the signal horn can be set.

Fig. 18-11 "Generator" tab

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.8 “Update” tab

Fig. 18-12 “Update” tab

The “Update” tab is used to update the CAN module software, to download machine data to a stor-
age medium and to restore machine data.
− “New software version”: Combo box for selecting the software version to be programmed.
− “Module”: Checked boxes indicate the modules that will be programmed. Modules which
require an update are determined by comparing the release dates on the “General” tab. If
release dates are not the same for all modules (except U517), the warning E35 will be dis-
played.
For a complete update, all modules have to be checked. Only modules detected in the boot-
up phase will be displayed. For programming missing modules use “Program module...”.
− “Current Version” indicates the currently installed module version. The information will dis-
appear when programming of the respective module has started.
− “Read data” downloads the machine data to the selected machine data directory.
− “Select data file” allows to select and restore machine data from a storage medium (HD,
FD, CD, ....).
− “Program” will start the automatic programming procedure.
− “Verify program” will compare the installed software to the software files of the Exposcop
Studio.
− “Write data” will restore machine data files to the C-arm.
− “Progress” indicates the programming progress. The upper bar indicates the complete pro-
cedure, the lower bar indicates the current step.

18-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

− “Current data files” indicates the machine data folder which is currently used.
The picture shows the proceeding of the software update.

Fig. 18-13 Update procedure

After a software update the machine parameters have to be reloaded into the Ziehm C-arm.
Therefore it is required to specify the desired machine data files before the update. These files will
be administered according to the following rules:
− When you press the “Select data file” button, you specify a set of machine data files (.mad
and .org) that you want to use. A temporary copy will be made of these files.
− When you press the “Read data” button, the machine data will be read out of the Ziehm C-
arm. The directory where they will be stored is specified under the “Settings\Machine data
directory ...” menu item. The file names will be created from the serial number of the Ziehm
C-arm and the extensions .mad (for machine data) and .org (for organ data).
Once this data is known in the Studio Software, the buttons “Program” and “Write data” are
enabled. With the “Program” button you start the programming procedure. This will perform all the
necessary steps for the software update:
− The machine data are converted to fit the desired software version. This means that for new
machine data default values will be given and the current machine data will be transformed
in the format of the new version. Should this conversion be not possible, the programming
will be cancelled in this place before data in the Ziehm C-arm will be changed.
− The software will be written to the EEPROM memories of the Ziehm C-arm modules. Only
those modules that are checked in the list of modules on the right, will be programmed.
However you should always program all modules to avoid compatibility problems.
− The Ziehm C-arm will be reset, so that the modules are synchronized. Because the
machine data are not yet loaded by this time, various error messages might be displayed
which can be ignored.
− The machine data that had been converted in the first step are transmitted back to the
Ziehm C-arm. Depending on the old and new software version another reset of the Ziehm
C-arm might be necessary. Eventually perform this reset by switching the device off and on.
Please note that the programming procedure can take more than 30 minutes. Cancelling the pro-
gramming usually leaves the Ziehm C-arm not functional so that you have to repeat the program-
ming before you can put it into operation.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

NOTICE
Laptop must not run on battery while programming.

18.1.9 “Options” tab

Fig. 18-14 “Options” tab

On the “Options” tab, you can set the device options of the Ziehm C-arm. Device options are the
option bits for releasing or modification of detail functions and the hand and foot switch assign-
ment.

18.1.9.1 Option bits

With the option bits certain functions of the Ziehm C-arm can be enabled or modified. Currently
bit groups 0, 1, 2 and 3 are in use. With a click on one of the radio buttons you can select the
corresponding group. With a mouse click in the check box you can set or clear the corresponding
option bit. The changes become effective immediately. The options have the following meaning.

18-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

Bit Group “0”

Laser on When the Ziehm C-arm is supplied with a laser light it


can be enabled with this bit.

Dose measurement on When the Ziehm C-arm is supplied with a dose meter it
can be enabled with this bit.

X-ray + Alarm When this bit is set the Ziehm C-arm will always sound
during radiation.

Disable Radiography When this bit is set the Ziehm C-arm will disable Radiog-
raphy at all.

Enable Magnify 2 The magnification 2 can be enabled with this bit.

X-ray time without radiography When this bit is set the Ziehm C-arm will not add the
time Radiography time to the Fluoroscopy time.

Do not check Compact lamp When the Ziehm C-arm is a no Compact unit, the lamp
check has to be disabled with this bit.

No monitor rotation at power-on When this bit is set, the image will be displayed in stan-
dard (12 o’clock) position after power-up. Otherwise the
last rotation setting is preserved.Only for 7000 series.

Bit Group “1”

No dose measurement at radi- When this bit is set, the dose in the Radiography mode
ography will not be added to the total dose metering in the display
on the keyboard.

Auto transfer Compact When this bit is set, a two-image memory system (if
installed!) automatically transfers the first image to the
second storage position at every beginning of fluoros-
copy.

Foot switch for radiography/ When this bit is set, you can activate Radiography or
snapshot Snapshot with the foot switch.

Disable iris collimator When this bit is set the iris collimator is totally disabled
and movements are not monitored (no Errors E21, E22,
E23).

Overtemperature MODE 1 → Ch. 18.1.9.2, p. 18-19, Temperature mode setup

Disable Magnify 1 When this bit is set, the magnification 1 is disabled

Overtemperature MODE 2 → Ch. 18.1.9.2, p. 18-19, Temperature mode setup

Enable METAL 2 Not used, should not be checked

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

Bit Group “2”

Snapshot: mA × 2 In single shot mode the machine does not use the fixed
8.0mA, but the current from the last fluoroscopy mode is
being doubled.

Black level fixed The black level is not controlled according to the video
signal

VCR pause On/Off The VCR is started and stopped synchronous to radia-
tion.

SOFT toggle Pressing the SOFT key during SOFT mode switches the
Ziehm C-arm back to the last organ program. If this bit is
not set, SOFT mode can be left only by pressing an
organ key.

New collimator The virtual collimator (With U517) is enabled with this
bit. Standard collimator functions are disabled.

Disable position check The position check of the new collimator is disabled.

New DAP (VacuDAP 2002) VacuDAP 2002 installed in the system

Crosshair Compact Assigns crosshair function to F key (created in Mod 3)

Bit Group “3”

Crosshair Compact on Crosshair will automatically appear after bootup.


at power-up

Stepwise image rotation Enables 90 degree stepwise image rotation on Compact


Compact units equipped with flatscreen monitors. (Calculated in
Mod. 3)

Compact with Flatscreen Has to be checked for Compact units equipped with flat-
screen monitors. This affects the image orientation.

VacuDAP duo / DAP Has to be checked for DAP measurement.

VacuDAP duo / Kerma Has to be checked for air kerma measurement.

Block radiation on DAP overflow Disables next radiation release if measuring range is
exceeded. Press “>0<min” button to reset.

18-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup

Case 1: MODE 1 and MODE 2 both are NOT set.


If the generator signals “overtemperature”, the Ziehm C-arm will operate as follows:
− temperature segment flashes – you cannot switch from fluoroscopy or pulse mode to
snapshot or radiography mode
− if the “mA value” is higher than 0.5 mA, then the current will be limited to 0.5 mA and the
mA value flashes on the keyboard
− if the Ziehm C-arm is in snapshot or radiography mode, it automatically switches back
to fluoro mode
− This mode is not to be used anymore!

Case 2: MODE 1 is set, MODE 2 is NOT set.


If the generator signals “overtemperature”, the Ziehm C-arm will operate as follows:
− temperature segment does NOT flash, it remains “dark”
− switching the mode from fluoroscopy or pulse mode to snapshot or radiography is pos-
sible- the current will NOT be limited to 0.5 mA
− if snapshot or radiography mode is selected the modes are not changed, any mode
remains as selected.
− Mode for water-cooled systems

Case 3: MODE 1 is NOT set, MODE 2 is set.


If the generator signals “overtemperature”, the Ziehm C-arm will operate as follows:
− temperature segment flashes – you cannot switch from fluoroscopy or pulse mode to
snapshot or radiography mode
− if the “mA value” is higher than 0.5 mA, then the current will NOT be limited to 0.5 mA
but the mA value flashes on the keyboard
− if the Ziehm C-arm is in snapshot or radiography mode, it automatically switches back
to fluoro mode
− Mode for non water-cooled systems.

Case 4: MODE 1 is set, MODE 2 is set


In this case the radiation is turned off and locked already, if the over temperature notification
appears. This prevents the generator from running into the overheated state, where the water
pump is turned off.
Mode for water-cooled systems. Only for generators with corresponding temperature adjustment.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment

By pressing a hand or foot switch various functions can be performed. The functions can be
assigned according to the customer’s preferences. With the radio buttons you can select the hand
or foot switch whose assignment you want to change. In the combo box the possible functions are
selected.
For the Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista C-arms, it is also possible to assign a tip and a hold function
to the same switch. The tip function is executed if the user presses the switch only for a short time,
the hold function is executed on a longer key press. In the dialog you can enter the time in msec,
up to which a key press will be recognized as tip.
For the Ziehm 7000 C-arm, the foot switch function must be enabled by entering a magic number.
Ask your sales partner for such a function.
The selected options are sent to the Ziehm C-arm with the “Send Switch” function.

NOTE
No switch function means:
screen in the selected mode
Fluoroscopy means:
do only fluoroscopy (no snapshot or pulse mode will be possible with this
switch)

18-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab

Fig. 18-15 Startup configuration

On this tab, you can set the startup configuration for the Ziehm C-arm. The Ziehm C-arm has 6
different startup configurations from which you can select the current one in the combo box.
The configurations 1 to 5 are user-defined, configuration 0 contains the factory presets. For the
configurations 1 to 5 you can set the parameters that become active after power-up: Operating
mode, organ program, key functions, kV and radiography time.
The configuration that you select in the combo box will be the next startup configuration.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab

Fig. 18-16 “kVmA Tab” tab

This tab shows the kV/mA characteristics of the generator. The table for the current organ pro-
gram is displayed graphically and in table form.
The red curve indicates the tube current in mA.
The green curve indicates the tube rating in W.

18-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.12 “Errors” tab

Fig. 18-17 “Errors” tab

This tab is used for displaying, resetting and storing the error log of the Ziehm C-arm. In this log
error messages are stored with date and time of occurrence. A list of error and warning messages
can be found in this service manual.
Up to 50 errors will be stored to this log file. The oldest error will be deleted if the log is full (FIFO).
When you press the “Update” button, the log will be downloaded again in order to receive mes-
sages that have appeared after Exposcop Studio has been started.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.13 “Times” tab

Fig. 18-18 “Times” tab

On this tab, you can make various time settings. You can see the real time clock of the Ziehm C-
arm and the time of your service PC. With the “Set” button, you can set the real time clock to the
clock of your PC. You can also set the time limit for the laser beam and check the radiation time
of the Ziehm C-arm.

18-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.14 “DAP” tab

Fig. 18-19 “DAP” tab

On the DAP tab you can adjust the VacuDAP 2002 dose area product meter, or the VacuDAP duo
air kerma and dose area product meter.

The meaning of the various parameters can be found in the manual of the measurement instru-
ment.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-25


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.15 “CAN” tab

Fig. 18-20 “CAN” tab

The CAN tab allows to “ping” CAN modules and to display the acknowledge (answer of the mod-
ule).
− “Module”: Marked boxes indicate the modules that will be pinged. Only modules detected
in the bootup phase will be displayed
− “Result” indicates the result of the “Ping”:
− “Ok”: the ping was successful, the pinged module has returned an acknowledge.
− “Timeout”: the ping was not successful, the pinged module has not returned an acknowl-
edge within a specified time window.
− “Ping” sends the ping to the selected modules.
− “Ack” clears the messages in the result fields.
If a module fails after Exposcop Studio was started, a timeout on the corresponding module will
be displayed. This can be used to identify a faulty module that causes the C-arm to lock up.
Modules which have been missing during bootup will not be shown.
The U517 will always give Nack. because its controller (HC08) behaves different to the U300.

18-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.16 Installation directory

After installation you will find the folder “Exposcop Studio” in your program directory.

Fig. 18-21 Exposcop Studio installation directory

You will find the following files and folders:


− controls: folder that contains the control files for machine and organ data conversion
− versions: folder that contains all software files for the CAN modules
− Cam.avi: animation which is displayed during startup of the Exposcop Studio
− deutsch.dll and english.dll: language libraries
− Exposcop.chm: online help file (compiled html)
− Exposcop.ini: Initialization file
− All files starting with “k”: system files and libraries
− ExposcopStudio.exe: Exposcop Studio, double-click to start Exposcop Studio
− NanoMAXMonitor.dll: Driver for dose meter
− Offline.exe: tool for creating update floppy disks

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-27


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.17 Update procedure

1 Connect your notebook computer to the C-arm and start the Exposcop Studio.
2 Create a folder for the machine data. Name it e.g. by the serial number of the unit.
3 Select this folder by the menu “Settings” > “Machine data directory”.
4 Select the software version you want to install.
5 All Modules which are marked automatically.
6 Press “Read data”
7 Press “Program”
8 An automatic programming procedure is started.
• All selected modules are programmed and verified.
• The system is reset automatically
• Machine data is transferred.
• The system is reset automatically.
• A message box “Programming and machine data transfer from the current files success-
ful” appears.
• Press “OK”.
9 Programming is finished.

18-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.18 Offline mode

In offline mode you create floppy disks for updating the Ziehm C-arm or for assigning the foot
switches without a direct CAN bus connection to the device. Because the Studio Software cannot
read the data from the device, you first need to provide some information about the Ziehm C-arm
for which you create the floppy disks.

Fig. 18-22 Offline mode serial number dialog box

Enter the type of the Ziehm C-arm (Ziehm 7000 or Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista) and the serial
number of the mobile stand. In the following dialog box you can choose if you want to create floppy
disks for a software update or for changing the foot switch assignment. (Floppy disks for changing
the foot switch assignment can be created only for the Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista.)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-29


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.18.1 Floppy disks for software update

NOTE
Programming only will work on a PC with Microsoft® Windows® 98 or older using
the PARCAN adapter.

To prepare floppy disks for the software update, select the desired software version. If there is any
data in your machine data directory for this machine, you can start immediately with the creation
of the floppy disks, otherwise the “Create” button is disabled (dimmed) and you must select the
data files first.
During the creation the software will generate two subdirectories called “Old” and “New” in your
directory for the disk images. “New” contains the files for the update. Copy these files (e.g. using
the Windows® Explorer) to a floppy disk. To perform the update, connect a PC via a PARCAN
adapter to the Ziehm C-arm, insert this floppy disk into the PC and start the update procedure with
the command a:\prog. During the update the machine data which have been fitted to the software
version will be transmitted, too.
In the “Old” subdirectory, you will find a disk image to undo the update process. Execute the undo
exactly like the update, i.e. copy the files on to a floppy disk and start prog.bat from this floppy disk
on the PC which is connected to the Ziehm C-arm via PARCAN.

Fig. 18-23 Offline tool for update

18-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.18.2 Options - switch assignment

For the Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista you can create a floppy disk set to change the hand and foot
switch assignment. Since these floppy disks are used with the HEDIS, you have to enter its serial
number. The setting of the assignments done the same way as in the online mode.
During the creation a subdirectory called “Switch” will be generated in the directory for disk
images. Copy the files from this directory to a floppy disk (e.g. using the Windows® Explorer). You
can transfer the switch assignment into the Ziehm C-arm via the floppy disk drive of the monitor
cart.

Fig. 18-24 Offline tool for switch programming

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-31


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.1.19 Problem correction

With the selected interface no connection to the Ziehm C-arm can be established.

Possible causes of this problem are:

The Ziehm C-arm is not Switch on the Ziehm C-arm and wait until the kV and mA
switched on. values are displayed on the keyboard of the mobile
stand. Then press “Repeat”.
The cables to the Ziehm C-arm Check all the cable connections. Eventually replace the
are defect, not plugged in or cables with new ones. Then press “Repeat”.
loose.

An external PARCAN-Adapter Check the power LED on the PARCAN.


has no power supply.

PPARCAN Adapter requires a Please note that the external PARCAN-Adapter has to be
reset eventually reset after a failed connection attempt. To do
this unplug the PARCAN power connection, wait for a few
seconds and plug it in again. Then press “Repeat”.

CAUTION
Radiation might be released during reset of the PARCAN adapter!

If the Studio Software cannot connect the Ziehm C-arm even though it succeeded to initialize the
interface, several causes are possible.

Possible causes of this problem are:

The cables to the Ziehm C-arm Check all the cable connections. Eventually replace the
are defect, not plugged in or cables with new ones. Then press “Repeat”.
loose.

The Ziehm C-arm has not fin- Wait until the kV and mA values are displayed on the key-
ished its startup. board of the mobile stand and try again.

The module “Main Controller” in The module 2 (U325) has no system program. Select the
the Ziehm C-arm does not option “Module Programming” in the dialog box that is
respond. being displayed, choose U325 and the required software
version. After successful programming you have to turn
the Ziehm C-arm off and on again and load the machine
data anew.
The Ziehm C-arms breaks the The reason is in most cases the configuration of the par-
programming procedure after a allel port. This interfaces operates with modern printers in
short time with the message “Pro- ECP or EPP mode. This does not work with a PARCAN
gramming failed!”. adapter, however.
Please set the parallel port back to “Standard Mode” if
you get this message. This is done after power-up of your
PC in CMOS setup. For details on that refer to the manual
from your PC manufacturer.

18-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.2 Integrated Service Functions

18.2.1 General

Several service functions are integrated in the Ziehm Vista. These functions can be used without
having a service PC.

18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode

1 Switch to fluoro mode.


1 Switch off the laser if the laser is on.
2 Press the “laser” and “snapshot” keys for approx. 2 seconds.
3 press the “fluoroscopy” key until the laser control LED switches off.

NOTE
Press the sequence of the above described key combination within 3 sec.

The service mode is now enabled. The display shows on the dose display “P 00“.
To select the service program use the radiography time up and down keys,
for security programs additionally the slot collimator close key.
To set the values use the iris open and close keys.
To save the new values press the store key (store picture to hard disk).
To exit the service mode press the radiography on/off key.

18.2.3 Important keys

laser + snapshot, fluoroscopy enter service mode

radiography key exit service mode

radiography time up and down change service program

radiography time up/down + slot collimator close SECURITY service program

iris open and close adjust value

store key (memory) save changes

NOTE
Certain functions are not available with CAN module software 13.06 and above.
With CAN module software 13.08/14.03 and above, these functions are not
available anymore

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-33


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.2.4 Service programs

18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version)

Shows the installed CAN module software version.

18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm)

(SECURITY)
not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the radiography iris format for 24 cm.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key, then press the store button. The
actual value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.

18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm)

(SECURITY)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the radiography iris format for 30 cm.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key, then press the store button. The
actual value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
A value less than 20 cancels this function that means the 30 cm format key is disabled.

18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format)

(SECURITY)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the radiography iris format for 40 cm.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key, then press the store button. The
actual value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
A value less than 20 cancels this function that means the 40 cm format key is disabled.

18-34 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format)

(SECURITY)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the fluoroscopy iris format for the image intensifier.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key then press the store button. The actual
value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.

18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1)

(SECURITY)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the fluoroscopy iris format for the image intensifier with magnifier 1 on. (The magnifier will
switch on automatically if this program is entered.)
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key then press the store button. The actual
value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.

18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2)

(SECURITY)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the fluoroscopy iris format for the image intensifier with magnifier 2 on. (The magnifier will
switch on automatically if this program is entered.)
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key then press the store button. The actual
value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.

18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment)

Selection of a user defined startup keyboard configuration, i.e. which keys are preselected (pre-
pushed) when the machine is turned on.
With iris open and close keys select one of 6 possible configurations (value 0 to 5)
Value 0 is the default factory setting.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-35


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment)

Before entering this service menu, set the keys which have to come up after the machine is turned
on. E.g. press 1/2 Dose a fluoroscopy program of your choice and image reverse left / right, then
enter the service mode and step to this program (program 8).
Select a program place between 1 and 5.
Press the store key.
Now enter program 7 and select the proper value you set before.
You can store up to 5 different key definitions.
The following setups can be programmed:
− Values:
− kV-Value
− radiography time

− Keys:
− Extremities & Children fluoroscopy program
− Pelvis fluoroscopy program
− fluoroscopy program thorax
− fluoroscopy program soft

− Manual Mode function


− METAL function
− 1/2 Dose function
− Magnification function
− Vertical image reversal (up/down) function
− Horizontal image reversal (left/right) function

NOTE
For programming modes snapshot, pulsed fluoroscopy and radiography, use the
Exposcop Studio (→ Ch. 18.1.10, p. 18-21).

18-36 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.2.4.10 Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)

Not available with SW13.06 and above


Ziehm Compact only
Before entering this service menu, set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to edit. Then enter
this menu. To adjust the filter code (0..3, 0 means no filtering), use the iris open and close key to
select the filter value. Then press the store key. You can check the result with radiation on already
now. If you do not like the result, change the filter code until you are satisfied and press the store
key. Now you can leave the program.

18.2.4.11 Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)

Not available with SW13.06 and above


Ziehm Compact only
Before entering this service menu set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to edit.
Do not switch the magnifier on. Then enter this menu. To adjust the filter code (0..3, 0 means no
filtering) use the iris open and close key to select the filter value. Then press the store key. You
can check the result with radiation on already now. If you don’t like the result change the filter code
until you are satisfied and press the store key. Now you can leave the program.
This program can be used directly after program 9 (without leaving the service menu).

18.2.4.12 Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)

Not available with SW13.06 and above


Ziehm Compact only
Before entering this service menu set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to edit. Do not switch
the magnifier on. Then enter this menu. To adjust the filter code (0..3, 0 means no filtering) use
the iris open and close key to select the filter value. Then press the store key. You can check the
result with radiation on already now. If you don’t like the result change the filter code until you are
satisfied and press the store key. Now you can leave the program.
This program can be used directly after program 9 or 10 (without leaving the service menu).

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 18-37


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools

18.2.4.13 Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode)

Not available with SW13.06 and above


Use the iris open and close key to enable or disable the radiography mode.

18.2.4.14 Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer)

Not available with SW13.06 and above


Ziehm Compact only
Use the iris open and close key to enable or disable the autotransfer function. Available only with
Compact version and a 2-image memory system.

18.2.4.15 Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve)

Before entering this service menu, set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to check.
By using the service mode counter P14, you can see the number for the kV/mA curve used in the
fluoroscopy program chosen such as (standard, pelvis, thorax, heart, soft) or in the subtraction
mode (DSA, MSA, RSA). The number cannot be changed or stored.

18.2.4.16 Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD)

Before entering this service menu, set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to check.
By using the service mode counter P14, you can see the number for the fluoroscopy program table
CCD chosen such as (standard, pelvis, thorax, heart, soft) or in the subtraction mode (DSA, MSA,
RSA). The number cannot be changed or stored.

18.2.4.17 Program 16 (select crosshair Compact)

Ziehm Compact only


Enables the crosshair on a Compact unit (SW 13.03 and above).
Use the “open iris” and “close iris” keys to enable or disable the crosshair function.
The Crosshair function will be assigned to the “F” key.

18-38 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19
Adjustment Instructions

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment ................................................................................ 19-1


19.1.1 Dose Adjustment............................................................................... 19-1
19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters............................................. 19-1
19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure............................................... 19-1
19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment .................................... 19-2
19.1.2 Video Adjustment .............................................................................. 19-3
19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters............................................ 19-3
19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure.............................................. 19-3
19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment .................................. 19-4
19.1.4 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 .................................... 19-6
19.1.5 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista Plus .................................................. 19-7
19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000....................................... 19-8
19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus..................................................... 19-9
19.1.8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 31/23cm............................ 19-10
19.1.9 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 17/15/11 cm...................... 19-11
19.1.10 Ziehm Vista Plus Organ Tables ........................................................ 19-12
19.2 Default Values .................................................................................................. 19-13
19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes ..................................................................... 19-13
19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus .................................................... 19-13
19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings ........................................................................ 19-14
19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels ....................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values ...................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced ............................................... 19-15
19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced ...................................................... 19-15
19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus ...................................................... 19-16

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment

Dose adjustment has to be performed prior to the video adjustment. The adjustment of dose is
performed with 25 mm Al + 1.5 copper put onto the generator. The dose is measured in front of
the image intensifier grid. The dose values have to be taken from the dose table. You can adjust
dose with the following parameters:

19.1.1 Dose Adjustment

19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters

− Iris collimator
− This value influences the actual Iris CCD collimator.
A smaller value leads to a higher dose and vice versa.

− AGC
− This value influences the internal gain of the CCD camera
− Increasing the value will increase the dose.

19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure

• Set to Full Dose


• Set iris collimator and “AGC full dose” to values given in the Organ Table.
• Adjust to full dose value by setting the iris collimator in the specified range
• If dose level is not adjustable then change “AGC full Dose” value.
• Set to Half dose
• Adjust to half dose value by changing “AGC half dose” value

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 19-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment

− Half Dose:
Dose has to be adjusted at full dose first. By activating half dose, the iris collimator value is
blocked. Half dose value adjustment is only done by changing “AGC half dose” value

− Snapshot:
Snapshot is a modifier to each application program and is adjusted via “Iris collimator snap-
shot”. Measure the accumulated dose for one shot. Do not measure the first shot, make sure
that regulation has found its target before. Dose has to be below 2uG.

− DSA / MSA / RSA:


Assign the DSA function to the thorax key to do the adjustments without the DSA functionality
of the Image Memory.
→ Ch. 18.1.6, p. 18-11 ff.
After Adjustment assign the prior function to the thorax key again.

19-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.1.2 Video Adjustment

19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters

− Black level:
− influences the black level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the black level.

− White level:
− influences the white level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the white level.

− 2. Black level:
− sets up a second black level if metal key is selected.
− increasing the value will increase the second black level.

19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure

• Put the grey step wedge into the optical path so that both angles of the grey step wedge (black)
just contact the upper mask circle:

Position II Active area Type and distance of


the step wedge

31 cm: (N with 31 cm II) large, about 30 cm to II

23 cm: (N with 23cm II) large, about 10 cm to II


(M1 with 31cm II)

15 cm: (M1 with 23cm II) large, about 10 cm to II


positioning at N
(M2 with 31cm II)
positioning at M1

Fig. 19-1 Grey Step Wedge 11 cm: (M2 with 23cm II) small, about 10 cm to II
positioning at M1

• Use histogram function in order to measure the video signal.


The histogram can be activated with the histogram function that appears in the menu
Service > System Settings

• Adjust the Black level as described in the video adjustment table.

• White level is adjusted in all organ programs to full range without clipping.
Exception: In Extremities and Pelvis/Spine mode it is set like indicated in the organ table.

• Adjust video Metal level. Therefore take a proper reference image without metal in each organ
program. After getting metal in and pressing the metal switch there should be no difference

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 19-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

within the bone grayscale values of the image with and without metal.

CAUTION
Before making any adjustments not described here, please contact our Service
Department.

19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment

Fig. 19-2 Exposcop Studio dialog for dose adjustment

19-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

Name Description

Dose adjustment

AGC full/half dose This value is setting the dose with respect to the analog gain in
CCD camera.
Increasing the value will increase the dose.
The setting (full / half dose) offered depends on the selected
mode.

Iris collimator This value is setting the dose with respect to the CCD iris.
Increasing the value will decrease the dose.
This setting is only done in full dose mode, it cannot be changed
at half dose.

Iris collimator This value is setting the snapshot dose with respect to the CCD
(snapshot) iris.
Increasing the value will decrease the dose.
Snapshot only works at full dose, no half dose setting is required.

mA Factor Half Dose Sets up the factor for reduced mA in half dose mode.
kV/mA curve will be modified in half dose mode if factor is different
from 100.

Control mode Sets up average or peak value measurement for dose regula-
tion

Measurement area black Measurement area for video black level regulation

Measurement area white Measurement area for dose regulation

Blanking Size of the blanking circle generated in the module 3

Video

Gamma Sets up the gamma correction value.

Black level 0–255: This is to adjust the black level within the image based on
the black measurement area.

White level 0–255: This is to adjust the white level within the image based on
the whole image.

Black Limit Limits the range of the black level regulator.


Set to 255 for full range

White Limit Limits the range of the white level regulator.


Set to 0 for full range

Filter Sets up the filter factor for Compact units.

Shading correction off Switches off the vignette correction.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 19-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19.1.4 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000

19-6
According to test instruction release B0.1

Organ kV/mA
Key Program kV 40 42 45 50 55 56 58 60 63 65 70 80 90 100 110
code Table

Extre-
2 5 0.2 3.0 4.0 3.2
mities
19 Adjustment Instructions

Spine 3 1 0.2 0.4 6.0 6.0 5.5

Heart 0 0 0.2 0.7 3.8 3.1

mA
Soft 5 4 0.2 0.4 4.7

DSA, RSA,
4 3 0.2 0.1 4.7
MSA

CO2
DSA, RSA, 4 2 0.2 0.4 0.7 6.0 6.0 5.6
MSA
+F

P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista
19.1.5 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista Plus

According to test instruction release B

Ziehm Vista
Organ kV/mA
Key Program kV 40 42 45 50 55 56 58 60 63 65 70 80 83 100 110
code Table

Extre-
2 5 0.2 1.0 4.6 5.4
mities

P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Pelvic 3 1 0.2 6.0 5.4

Heart 1 2 0.2 1.0 4.5 5.0

mA
LPD 5 4 0.2 6.0 5.4

DSA, RSA,
4 3 0.2 6.0 6.5 5.4
MSA
19 Adjustment Instructions

19-7
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000

According to test instruction release B0.1

All values in µGy/s (allowed tolerance ± 10%)


Caution max. allowed limit value is 0.6 µGy/s for AVR and 1.2 µGy/s for PVR
1/2 Dose 1/1 Dose
regulation calculated calculated
Organ Program value for value for
mode measured measured
dose label dose label
(if required) (if required)
Extremities
31cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR 0.22 0.22 0.43 0.43
17 / 15cm AVR 0.22 0.22 0.43 0.43
10cm PVR 0.55 0.28 1.10 0.55
Spine
31cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40
17 / 15cm AVR 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40
10cm PVR 0.40 0.20 0.80 0.40
Heart
31cm AVR 0.23 0.23 0.45 0.45
23cm AVR 0.28 0.28 0.56 0.56
17 / 15cm AVR 0.28 0.28 0.56 0.56
10cm PVR 0.55 0.28 1.10 0.55
Soft
31cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
17 / 15cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
10cm PVR 0.55 0.28 1.10 0.55
DSA, MSA, RSA
31cm AVR - - 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR - - 0.54 0.54
17 / 15cm AVR - - 0.54 0.54
10cm PVR - - 1.10 0.55
CO2
31cm AVR - - 0.6 0.6
23cm AVR - - 0.6 0.6
17 / 15cm AVR - - 0.6 0.6
10cm PVR - - 1.30 0.65
According to service information 5/16 - 21.09.05 Snapshot is adjusted to 1.6 µGy in all modes
and image formats

19-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus

According to test instruction release B

1/1 Dose 1/2 Dose max Dose


regulation
Organ Program measured measured
mode
[µGy/s] [µGy/s] [mGy/min]
Extremities
23cm AVR 0.65 0.35 <88
(0.82) (0.32)
17 / 15cm AVR 0.75 0.40 <88
(0.91) (0.41)
Pelvis / Spine
23cm AVR 0.65 0.35 -
(0.86) (0.32)
17 / 15cm AVR 0.75 0.40 -
(0.76) (0.40)
Thorax / Heart
23cm PVR 0.75 0.40 -
(0.89) (0.41)
17 / 15cm PVR 0.95 0.50 -
(1.1) (0.55)
Soft / LPK
23cm AVR <0.15 <0.09 -
(<0.15) (<0.09)
17 / 15cm AVR <0.20 <0.10 -
(<0.23) (<0.10)
DSA - RSA
23cm AVR 0.65 - - -
17 / 15cm AVR 1.05 - - -
(1.20)

Values in brackets refer to test method USA: Radcal centered, 25mm Al+0,4mm Cu, w/o grid

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 19-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19.1.8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 31/23cm

19-10
Black 2. AGC AGC Regu- Iris Shading
Organ White AOI AOI Iris
Gamma Value Black 1/1 1/2 lation Snap- Filter corr.
program Value White Black ±10%
[mV] Value Dose Dose Mode shot off
Active Area
31cm
Extr. 220 100 5 I / NI 210 170 AVR small big 54 30 2 0
Spine 255 100 5 I / NI 210 170 AVR small big 55 40 2 0
19 Adjustment Instructions

Heart 160 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big 40 20 0 0


Soft 190 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big <50 18 1 0
DSA 180 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big <40 25 2 1
CO2 180 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big 40 20 2 1
Active Area
23 cm
Extr. 220 100 5 I / NI 210 170 AVR small big 54 30 2 0
Spine 255 100 5 I / NI 210 170 AVR small big 55 40 2 0
Heart 160 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big 35 20 0 0
Soft 190 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big <50 18 1 0
DSA 180 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big <40 25 2 1
CO2 180 100 10 80 210 170 AVR medium big 40 20 2 1

Value is only to I before last step NI before last step


Fixed Values <45 be decreased Interlaced 600mV Non Interlaced 630mV

Values according to test instruction release B0.1

P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista
19.1.9 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 17/15/11 cm

Black 2. AGC AGC Regu- Iris Shading

Ziehm Vista
Organ White AOI AOI Iris
Gamma Value Black 1/1 1/2 lation Snap- Filter corr.
program Value White Black ±10%
[mV] Value Dose Dose Mode shot off
Active Area
17/15cm
Extr. 220 50 5 I / NI 200 160 AVR small big 80 40 2 0
Spine 230 50 5 I / NI 200 160 AVR small big 80 70 2 0

P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Heart 160 50 10 80 200 160 AVR big big 55 30 0 0
Soft 128 50 10 80 200 160 AVR medium big 70 18 1 0
DSA 180 100 10 80 200 160 AVR medium big 63 25 2 1
CO2 180 100 10 80 200 160 AVR medium big 40 20 2 1
Active Area
11cm
Extr. 255 100 5 80 200 160 PVR small big 70 40 2 0
Spine 255 50 5 80 200 160 PVR small big 80 60 2 0
Heart 160 100 10 80 200 160 PVR medium big 70 50 0 0
Soft 128 100 10 80 200 160 PVR medium big 70 40 1 0
DSA 180 100 10 80 200 160 PVR medium big 70 50 2 1
CO2 180 100 10 80 200 160 PVR medium big 60 50 2 1

Value is only to I before last step NI before last step


Fixed Values <45 be decreased Interlaced 600mV Non Interlaced 630mV

Values according to test instruction release B0.1


19 Adjustment Instructions

19-11
19.1.10 Ziehm Vista Plus Organ Tables

19-12
Black White AGC AGC Regu- Iris
Organ AOI AOI Iris
Gamma Value Value 1/1 1/2 lation Snap-
program White Black
[mV] [mV] Dose Dose Mode shot
Vista Plus Normal Mode 23cm Image Intensifier Default Values
Extr. 220 70 630 255 157 AVR small big 33 21
(last step)

Pelvis/ 250 50 630 255 159 AVR small big 28 20


(last step)
Spine
19 Adjustment Instructions

Thorax/ 160 100 700 255 162 PVR medium big 27 10


Heart
Soft/LPK 250 150 700 255 138 AVR medium big 90 85
DSA- 250 100 700 255 - AVR medium big 45 -
RSA
Vista Plus Mag 1, 17cm Image Intensifier Default Values
Extr. 220 30 630 255 158 AVR small big 41 35
(last step)

Pelvis/ 255 50 630 255 155 AVR small big 40 38


(last step)
Spine
Thorax/ 160 100 700 255 161 PVR medium big 35 22
Heart
Soft/LPK 190 80 700 255 85 AVR medium big 98 90
DSA- 180 100 700 255 - AVR medium big 45 -
RSA

Values according to test instruction release B

P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.2 Default Values

19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes

small 110

medium 144

big 190

blanking 288

This is a global setting that is valid for all programs.

19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus

small 110

medium 144

big 215

blanking 288

This is a global setting that is valid for all programs.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 19-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings

19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels

Step W 180
-2 L 145

Step W 200
-1 L 145

Step W 220
+1 L 110

Step W 150
+2 L 100

19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values

Normal CO2

DSA W 080 120

DSA L 128 128

RSA W 080 030

RSA L 128 128

MSA W 100 050

MSA L 128 128

19-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced

Recursive Stack Edge Pulsed Snap-


Filter Filter Filter Fluoro shot

N M1 M2

Org. 0 2 2 2 4 1 2 8

Org. 1 2 3 3 8 1 4 8

Org. 2 1 2 2 1 0 2 1

Soft 1 2 2 4 1 2 8

DSA 2 3 3 16 0 - -

RSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -

MSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -

CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -

CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -

CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -

19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced

Recursive Stack Edge Pulsed Snap-


Filter Filter Filter Fluoro shot

N M1 M2

Org. 0 1 2 2 4 0 2 8

Org. 1 2 3 3 8 0 4 8

Org. 2 1 2 2 1 0 2 1

Soft 1 2 2 4 0 2 8

DSA 2 3 3 16 0 - -

RSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -

MSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -

CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -

CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -

CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 19-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions

19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus

Recursive Stack Edge Win- Pulsed Snap-


Filter Filter Filter dowing Fluoro shot
Step

N M1

Org. 0 3 3 4 1 0 8 8

Org. 1 3 3 8 0 0 16 16

Org. 2 3 3 2 0 0 4 4

Soft 3 3 16 0 0 16 16

DSA 3 3 16 0 - - -

RSA 2 3 8 0 - - -

MSA 3 3 8 0 - -

19-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20
Error Messages

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

20.1 General............................................................................................................. 20-1


20.2 Startup phase ................................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.3 Runtime ............................................................................................................ 20-1
20.3.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.3.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS.................................................................... 20-2
20.4.1 Module 2 ........................................................................................... 20-2
20.4.2 Module 15 ......................................................................................... 20-4
20.4.3 Module 3 / U501................................................................................ 20-5
20.4.4 Module 11 ......................................................................................... 20-6
20.5 Fuse List........................................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.1 Module 1 ........................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.2 Module 3 ........................................................................................... 20-10
20.5.3 Module 10 ......................................................................................... 20-10
20.6 Fault finding...................................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.1 Power faults ...................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.2 Module 2 errors ................................................................................. 20-12
20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)........................ 20-15
20.6.4 Module 3 errors ................................................................................. 20-17
20.6.5 U501 errors ....................................................................................... 20-19
20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory).................................................... 20-21
20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)............................................................... 20-23
20.6.8 Radiation errors ................................................................................ 20-24

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20 Error Messages & Fault Finding


20.1 General

All errors and warnings are displayed on the cGray display on the C-arm keyboard. If
there is more than one message coming up, the messages will be scrolled (including the
cGy value) in this display.

20.2 Startup phase

20.2.1 WARNINGS

Warnings are indicated on the cGray display and the horn sounds. To clear these mes-
sages, press the hand or foot switch. For details, → Ch. 20.4.
Warnings can affect the dose, the image quality and some other things.
The system will work under limited conditions, SERVICE IS REQUIRED.

20.2.2 ERRORS

Errors are indicated on the cGray display and the horn sounds. The C-arm will not run
before the errors have been repaired. SERVICE IS REQUIRED.

20.3 Runtime

20.3.1 WARNINGS

Warnings will be indicated on the cGray display and the horn sounds. The warning will
switch off automatically if the system is working properly. Details see → Ch. 20.4.
Warnings can affect the dose, the image quality and some other things.
The system will work under limited conditions, SERVICE IS REQUIRED.

20.3.2 ERRORS

If an error is detected in the running system, radiation stops immediately and will be indicated in
the cGray display and the horn sounds. The error must be repaired before restart.
SERVICE IS REQUIRED.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS

20.4.1 Module 2

Start up
Code Error Warning Runtime Description
phase

E 16 ‹ ‹ Hand switch 1 pressed during


startup phase

E 17 ‹ ‹ Foot switch 1 pressed during


startup phase

E 18 ‹ ‹ Hand switch 2 pressed during


startup phase

E 19 ‹ ‹ Foot switch 2 pressed during


Start up phase

E 20 ‹ ‹ ‹ Hand or foot switch shorted

E 21 ‹ ‹ Compact rad lamp error


→ Ch. 20.6.2, p. 20-12

E 22 ‹ ‹ - Generator
Iris collimator motor
defective
- C-Arm
(F3 from TR1 defective)
- Swivel harness defective
- U325 (Module 2) defective

E 23 ‹ ‹ ‹ - Generator
Iris collimator potentiometer
reversed
- C-Arm
(F3 from TR1 defective)
- Swivel harness defective
- U325 (Module 2) defective

E 24 ‹ ‹ - Generator
Iris collimator potentiometer
shorted
- C-Arm
(F3 from TR1 defective)
- Swivel harness defective
- U325 (Module 2) defective

20-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

Start up
Code Error Warning Runtime Description
phase

E 25 ‹ ‹ ‹ - CAN radiation line low

E 26 ‹ ‹ ‹ - CAN fault line low


→ Ch. 20.6.2, p. 20-12

E 25/26 ‹ ‹ ‹ - Generator defective


- U326 (Module 2) defective

E 26/29 ‹ ‹ ‹ - Unit is too cold


- Generator is too hot
- Swivel harness
- In certain cases “no error”
just a warning

E 27 ‹ ‹ U325 (Module 2) defective

E 28 ‹ ‹ U326 (Module 2) defective or


U325 (Module 2) defective
→ Ch. 20.6.2

E 29 ‹ ‹ Generator error: Temp. key on


the keyboard is off
or generator is overheated:
Temp. key is on

E 30 ‹ ‹ No communication to
Module 3 / U501 (memory
unit) → Ch. 20.6.2

E 31 ‹ ‹ Magic Number fault

E 32 ‹ ‹ Battery G2 on U325 defective


→ Ch. 20.6.2

E 33 ‹ ‹ U325 (Module 2) defective


→ Ch. 20.6.2

E 34 ‹ ‹ U325 (Module 2)
Clock not running
→ Ch. 20.6.2

E 35 ‹ ‹ LUCY software versions in the


modules are incompatible
→ Ch. 20.6.2

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.4.2 Module 15

Start up
Code Error Warning Runtime Description
phase

E 36 ‹ ‹ Collimator controller does not


respond
(virtual collimator only)

E 37 ‹ ‹ Position error “Rotation”


(virtual collimator only)

E 38 ‹ ‹ Servo error “Rotation”


(virtual collimator only)

E 39 ‹ ‹ Position error “Iris”


(virtual collimator only)

E 40 ‹ ‹ Servo error “Iris”


(virtual collimator only)

E 41 ‹ ‹ Position error “Slot”


(virtual collimator only)

E 42 ‹ ‹ Servo error “Slot”


(virtual collimator only)

E 43 ‹ ‹ Test DAP display faulty.


(Press keys 0min +1/2 dose
for testing)

E 44 ‹ ‹ No Compact unit.
(CAN bus disconnected.)

E 45 ‹ Internal VacuDAP error


Press hand or foot switch

E 46 ‹ ‹ VacuDAP duo error


Press hand or foot switch

E 46 ‹ ‹ VacuDAP duo error


Press >0< min until reset

E 47 ‹ ‹ DAP overflow
Press >0< min until reset

E 48 ‹ Internal VacuDAP duo error


Press hand or foot switch

For more details, → Ch. , p. 20-15 ff.

20-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.4.3 Module 3 / U501

Start up
Code Error Warning Runtime Description
phase

E 51 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321) / U501


defective

E 52 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321) / U501


defective

E 53 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321) / U501


error / defective

E 54 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321) / U501


defective

E 55 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321) / U501


defective

E 56 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321 D/A-A)/ U501


error / defective

E 57 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321 D/A-B)/ U501


error / defective

E 58 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321 D/A-C)/ U501


error / defective

E 59 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321 D/A-D)/ U501


error / defective

E 60 ‹ ‹ Module 3 (U321 BT478) /


U501 defective

E 61 ‹ ‹ CCD iris collimator error

E 62 ‹ ‹ CCD iris collimator error

E 63 ‹ ‹ CCD iris collimator error

E 64 ‹ ‹ ‹ CCD iris collimator error

E 65 ‹ ‹ ‹ No video signal
(genlock is not locked)

For more details,


→ Ch. 20.6.4, p. 20-17 ff. for module 3
→ Ch. 20.6.5, p. 20-19 ff. for U501

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.4.4 Module 11

Start up
Code Error Warning Runtime Description
phase

E 90 ‹ ‹ Communication between
U385 and PC-CPU in the
monitor cart is defective

E 91 ‹ ‹ Communication between
U385 and PC-CPU in the
monitor cart is defective

E 92 ‹ ‹ Radiation indicator lamp


monitor cart error

E 93 ‹ ‹ PC-CPU monitor cart is


defective

E 101 ‹ ‹ “CD recall” ON?


Fluoroscopy is not allowed

E 102 ‹ ‹ No video signal at input of


image memory

E 105 ‹ ‹ Hard disk is full

E 106 ‹ ‹ Hard disk read/write error


Image store function disabled.

E 151 ‹ ‹ CAN data overflow in image


memory (buffer full)

For more details, → Ch. 20.6.6, p. 20-21 ff.

20-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.5 Fuse List

The texts in the tables explain what will happen when the corresponding fuse is broken.

20.5.1 Module 1

Transformer Fuses TR1

Transformer
Fuse No. Fuse Type Fuse Size Usage
terminal

F2 10 A slow 5×20 mm 24 V / 5 A Lift motor

Lift motor does not work.

F3 10 A slow 5×20 mm 24 V / 3 A Auxiliary voltage


Filament voltage

E26
Unit will not screen

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

Transformer Fuses TR2

Transformer
Fuse No. Fuse Type Fuse Size Usage
terminal

F1 2 A slow 5×20 mm F1 Main fuse TR2

No light on keyboard except “ON” key


No LEDs on module 2
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”

F4 4 A slow 5×20 mm F4 Supply BG1 (18 V) in U333

No light on keyboard except “ON” key


Monitor is flickering (CRT)

F5 4 A slow 5×20 mm F5 Supply for ± 5 V Digital

Keyboard shows “0000 0000” permanently


Monitor cart does not finish boot up
LEDs +5 V Digital and -5 V Digital on U334 are off

F6 1 A slow 5×20 mm F6 Supply for +5 V ISO (CAN)

Keyboard shows “0000 0000” permanently


Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
Error LED on U326 is on
LED +5 V ISO on U334 is off

F7 1 A slow 5×20 mm F7 Supply for +5 V Video

Shows only effect on Compact or 7000 units


No image in the monitor

F8 1 A slow 5×20 mm F8 Supply for -5 V Video

Shows only effect on Compact or 7000 units


No image in the monitor

F9 1 A slow 5×20 mm F9 Supply for monitor rotation


(Compact)

Shows only effect on Compact units with CRT Monitors


Mechanical rotation does not work

20-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

Fuses on U333

Fuse Value Part No. Function

F1 15 A medium 17020 Mains input fuse 230 V


(6.3×32 mm)

Keyboard remains completely dark


C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”

F4 15 A medium 17020 Mains input fuse 230 V


(6.3×32 mm)

Keyboard remains completely dark


C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”

F5 1 A slow (5×20 mm) 17019 RL resistor

Unit starts, inrush current runs via TR1 on U333 and F7


Possibly F7 will trip

F6 3.15 A slow 17061 230 V out for Compact unit


(5×20 mm)

Compact monitor will not work

F7 100 mA slow 17056 Primary transformer 1


(5×20 mm) of U333

Keyboard remains completely dark


C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”

F8 250 mA slow 17001 Secondary transformer 1


(5×20 mm) of U333

Keyboard remains completely dark


C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”

F1 on U424 (BG2) 2.5 A slow 17035 Water pump


(5×20 mm)

Maximum radiation time is limited


Generator will overheat.

The following fuses are located behind the U333 board.

Fuse Value Part No. Function

F2 20 A medium 17044 Mains input fuse 120 V


(6.3×32 mm)

F3 20A medium 17044 Mains input fuse 120 V


(6.3×32 mm)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.5.2 Module 3

U180 F1 2 A fast 17059 U180, U321, Module 4

E30 → Ch. 20.6.2

U180 F2 2 A fast 17059 U306, U313


only used in 7000/
Compact systems

Compact monitor will not work


No effect in 8000/Vista Systems,
can be used as "spare fuse" for F1 in those systems.

20.5.3 Module 10

U539 Fuses

Main Input fuses on Transformer Housing

F1 210-220-230-240 V System 15 A medium


105-110-115-120 V System 20 A medium

F2 210-220-230-240 V System 15 A medium


105-110-115-120 V System 20 A medium

Standby transformer primary fuses on U357

F1 240 V System
100 mA slow
F2 210-220-230 V System
only one fuse must be installed
F3 105-110-115-120 V System

Standby transformer secondary fuse

F4 350 mA slow

Whole unit will not power up if one of those fuses is broken.

20-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6 Fault finding

Description of fault list:

Error Code / Symptom

Reason 1

Measure

Reason 2

Measure

Reasons are listed in order of relevance.

20.6.1 Power faults

System does not power up

Module 10 F1or F2 main input fuse broken


U357 F1 / F2 / F3 fuse for stand-by transformer broken
U357 F4 fuse stand-by transformer secondary broken
Thermo switch (X31) interrupted, not connected
Key / Emergency switch turned off, not connected or X4 not bridged.

Monitor cart powers up, C-arm does not power up

C-Stand:
F1/F4 main input fuses broken (U333)
F7 standby transformer primary fuse broken (U333)
F8 standby transformer secondary fuse broken (U333)
Thermo switch (X26) interrupted, not connected
General:
P0 cable defective
P0 inserts defective

System turns power off by itself

Monitor Cart:
Safety circuit protecting the inrush current limiting resistors on U357 gets active.

Change the U357 board.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-11


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.2 Module 2 errors

E21 Radiation Lamp Compact is defective

Unit is a Compact and lamp is broken.

Replace lamp

Unit is a Compact and lamp is not broken

Check connection cable to Compact unit

Unit is a not Compact.

Option “Don’t check Compact lamp” is not set. (Exposcop Studio)


→ Ch. 18.1.9.1, p. 18-16

E26 Permanently in Standby & red error LED on U326 is on:

Filament is below 7.5 V or missing

Check filament voltage


Check fuse F3 at TR1 of Module 1

Generator >72°C or <11°C

Allow unit to acclimate / cool down

Cooling liquid leakage

Check wet sensors inside the generator

Generator defect

Change generator

E26 during radiation, radiation interrupted, Error disappears:

Filament gets above 22.5 V for certain time because filament regulation does not work.
U326 protection circuit disables filament voltage, missing voltage causes E26 (gener-
ator pulls fault line) radiation is stopped, filament returns to standby value, E26 disap-
pears

Check swivel harness (using bridge cable)


Check kV nominal value at generator (without HV no mA possible)
Replace U326

Arcing inside the generator / tube

Replace generator

20-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

E28 Module 2 internal error

No communication between U325 and U326

Check if boards are inserted well in the rack.

U325 or U326 defective

Replace U325 or U326

E30 No communication to Module 3 / U501

Fuse F1 in the Module 3 is broken

Replace fuse F1 in U180.


Check image intensifier power supply for arcing.

Module 3 / U501 has lost its software

Reprogram Module 3 / U501

Module 3 / U501 has no connection to CAN bus

Check CAN bus cabling

Module 3 / U501 has no supply power

Check Module 3 / U501 supply voltage

E32 RAM Signature missing

RAM signature on U325 is gone because of flat battery.

Replace batteries on U325.


Write RAM signature in order to clear the Error (Exposcop Studio)

E33

U325 internal hardware error

Replace U325

E34 Same time during and after startup

U325 clock is not running (especially after board replacement or battery change)

Set clock (with Exposcop Studio)


if error persists, replace U325

E35 LUCY software versions in the modules are not compatible

Version mismatch

Check software versions and program not fitting modules


(Exposcop Studio)

Error appears although nothing has been programmed:


If monitor cart and C-arm do not power up at the same time, this error may appear.

Check “ON” line of the XP0 connection.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-13


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

E44 No Compact unit

If system is not a Compact:


U385 is not found during boot up.

Check if there is CAN bus communication to U385 in the monitor cart.


(U385 has to show up in the Exposcop Studio software)
(If there is no communication, check for:
- Cabling,
- Software on U385 running,
- U385 supplied with power)

If system is not a Compact:


Monitor cart is not detected

Check yellow LED on U334, this has to light when MC is connected.


Check CAN sense line of XP0 cable
(Section Mobile Stand Connections)→ Ch. 3.9.7, p. 3-18

If system is a Compact
Wrong option setting

Option “Don’t check Compact lamp” must not be set.


(Exposcop Studio) (→ Ch. 18.1.9.1, p. 18-16)

20-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)

E36 No communication to Module 15

Module 15 has lost its software

Replace Module 15 (not programmable in this system)

Module 15 has no connection to CAN bus

Check CAN bus cabling (Swivel Harness)

Module 15 has no supply power

Check Module 15 supply voltage

E37, E38, E39, E40, E41, E42 Servo and Position Errors

Movement blocked

Check if anything blocks the collimator movement (e.g. cables)

Collimator defective

Replace Module 15

E43 VacuDAP self test has failed


(To perform this test, press 1/2 dose key and then >0< min key, hold both until test starts)

Test result differs from reference value

Perform VacuDAP calibration

E45 no communication to VacuDAP duo

U 517 has not been found during boot up

See E36
Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error

U 517 has wrong software

Replace Module 15 (Virtual Collimator)

E46 after boot up: error of VacuDAP duo

Internal error of VacuDAP duo

Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error


Replace VacuDAP duo if error persists

E46 during runtime: error of VacuDAP duo

Internal error of VacuDAP duo

Press key >0< min on keyboard until error disappears


Replace VacuDAP duo if error persists

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-15


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

E47 Measuring range has been exceeded

Measuring range of 9999.9 cGy/cm² or 999.99 mGy has been exceeded.


Radiation is not interrupted if range is exceeded during radiation: Error will be shown
after radiation had been finished. A new screening is blocked.

Press >0< min key on keyboard until display is reset

E48 VacuDAP self test has failed


(To perform this test, press 1/2 dose key and then >0< min key, hold both until test starts)

U 517 has not been found during boot up

See E36
Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error

Test is not finished after 12 s,


Internal error of VacuDAP duo

Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error


Replace VacuDAP duo if error persists

20-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.4 Module 3 errors

E51, E52, E53, E54, E55, E56, E57, E58, E59, E60

Module 3 internal hardware error

Replace Module3

E61 CCD iris error: Difference between Max and Min feedback value is to little

Iris mechanics does not work properly

Replace CCD camera

E62 CCD iris error: Feedback value responds in the wrong direction

Collimator potentiometer reversed

Check cabling of CCD collimator

E63 CCD iris error: Feedback value does not change

CCD iris got stuck

Replace CCD camera

Iris is not connected

Check connectors at II Power supply and module 3

Potentiometer cable interrupted

Check cabling from CCD camera to module 3

Iris Motor power missing

Check cabling from CCD camera to module 3


Check voltage coming from module 3

Iris Motor defective

Replace CCD camera

E64 CCD iris error: Feedback value changes too slowly

Iris mechanics does not work properly

Replace CCD camera

Motor drivers of Module 3 defective

Replace Module3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-17


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

E 65 No Video signal at Module 3 genlock

Cable interrupted

Check video cable from CCD camera to Module 3


Check video connectors of camera and Module 3

I.I. power supply is set to 6 V camera supply voltage, camera requires 12V

Set camera voltage to correct value (J1 on U316)


see Module4 → Ch. , p. 7-8

Camera has no supply power

Check camera supply voltage


If 18 V input voltage of the i.i. power supply is present and no camera voltage
is present, replace i.i. power supply

CCD camera defective

Replace CCD camera

Module 3 input stage / genlock defective

Replace Module 3

20-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.5 U501 errors

E51, E52, E53, E54, E55, E56, E57, E58, E59, E60

U501 internal hardware error

Replace Module U501

E61 CCD iris error: Difference between Max and Min feedback value is to little

Iris mechanics does not work properly

Replace CCD camera

E62 CCD iris error: Feedback value responds in the wrong direction

Collimator potentiometer reversed

Check cabling of CCD collimator

E63 CCD iris error: Feedback value does not change

CCD iris got stuck

Replace CCD camera

Iris is not connected

Check connectors at II Power supply and U501

Potentiometer cable interrupted

Check cabling from CCD camera to module U501

Iris Motor power missing

Check cabling from CCD camera to U501


Check voltage coming from U501

Iris Motor defective

Replace CCD camera

E64 CCD iris error: Feedback value changes too slowly

Iris mechanics does not work properly

Replace CCD camera

Motor drivers of U501 defective

Replace U501

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-19


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

E 65: Video signal lost at U501 genlock during runtime

Cable interrupted

Check video cable from CCD camera to U501


Check video connectors of camera and U501

Camera has no supply power

Check camera supply voltage


If 18 V input voltage of the i.i. power supply is present and no camera voltage
is present, replace i.i. power supply

CCD camera defective

Replace CCD camera

U501 input stage / genlock defective

Replace U501

E 65 & E56 & E57 & E58 & E59 & E53 displayed one after another:
No Video signal at U501 genlock during boot up, hardware can not be initialised

Cable interrupted

Check video cable from CCD camera to U501


Check video connectors of camera and v

I.I. power supply is set to 6 V camera supply voltage, camera requires 12V

Set camera voltage to correct value (J1 on U316)


see Module4 → Ch. , p. 7-8

Camera has no supply power

Check camera supply voltage


If 18 V input voltage of the i.i. power supply is present and no camera voltage
is present, replace i.i. power supply

CCD camera defective

Replace CCD camera

U501 input stage / genlock defective

Replace U501

20-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory)

E 92 Radiation Lamp error

Radiation Lamp is defective

Change Radiation Lamp

Radiation Lamp fuse is defective

Replace Radiation Lamp fuse


(Located at the connection panel of the image memory)

Radiation Lamp Cable is interrupted

Check Cabling from image memory to radiation lamp

Lamp driver in the image memory is defective

Replace U385

E93 PC No communication from U385 to PC CPU

Image memory does not finish boot up

Connect VGA monitor and check messages


Pull out and push in all boards of the Image Memory
Replace Image Memory

V2 1/2k image memory has U385 CAN Software Version below 13.05

Update U385 to Software Version 13.05 or above.

E101 Radiation not allowed

Image memory is in mode CD recall

Switch off CD recall function


(Image Memory: Menu > User Settings > CD recall)

E102 No Video Signal on Image Memory

If error appears in combination with E65:


Video signal is already missing at input of Module 3 / U501

See E65

Cable interrupted

Check video cabling from output of Module 3 / U501 to Input of


Image Memory.

Input stage of Image Memory defective

Replace Image Memory

No video signal at the output of Module 3 / U501, but no E65

Replace Module3 / U501

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-21


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

E105 Hard disk is full

Not enough disk space to store required amount of images (Cine length)

Delete images/folders

E106 Hard disk read/write error, image store function disabled.

Hard disk is faulty

Replace hard disk

20-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)

Keyboard completely dark except “ON” key

18 V supply power for the keyboard is missing

Check 18 V supply of keyboard


Check BG1 of U333 in Module1
Check fuse F4 of TR2 in Module 1

Voltage regulator of keyboard (U400) is defective

Replace U400

Only rad and thermometer symbol light up

Microcontroller of U400 does not work

Try to program the U400 software again


replace keyboard

Audible alarm “Two short beeps, pause .....” Keyboard cannot be found in boot up.

Only rad and thermometer symbol lights up:


Microcontroller of U400 does not work

Try to program the U400 software again


replace keyboard

Keyboard remains at “0000 0000”:


Cabling Problem

Check CAN bus Cable to the keyboard

Keyboard completely dark except “ON” key:


18 V supply power for the keyboard is missing

Check 18 V supply of keyboard


Check BG1 of U333 in Module1
Check fuse F4 of TR2 in Module 1

Keyboard remains at “0000 0000” & no audible alarm

Bootup has not been finished

Check CAN bus cabling


Check if a CAN module is in reset state (indicated by red LED on U300)
Check +5 V ISO (CAN bus supply)

Keyboard remains at “0000 0000” & no audible alarm, E93 after approx 5 min.

Image memory did not boot up.

Check image memory (use VGA monitor at image memory)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 20-23


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding

20.6.8 Radiation errors

Unit does not screen, no error messages displayed

Hand/foot switch des not work

Check switches and internal wiring of the switches


→ Ch. 3.5, p. 3-6 ff.

Radiation command loop interrupted → Ch. 5.7, p. 5-16 (non compact units only)

Check radiation key lock


Check P0 cable, P0 connectors and internal wiring of P0 connectors

Unit does not provide sufficient post radiation time /


last image hold darker than live image.

Post radiation monitor circuit on U325 is defective. → Ch. 5.7, p. 5-16

Change U325

Unit stops screening, radiation lamp remains on.

Can bus error during radiation

Check all cables and wires which include CAN bus.


(Bend cables while screening and watch the timer on the keyboard.
Timer will stop immediately when CAN bus gets interrupted)

110 kV, black image, no error message

generator does not work

Check if radiation is produced


(Internal Dosemeter /external Dosemeter, luminescent screen)
If not, perform generator test.→ Ch. 8.6, p. 8-7 ff.

If radiation is produced: no image content available for dose regulation.

remove camera and check Image Intensifier output window. (should light up
while screening. Do this test in manual mode at low kV)
Check i.i. power supply.
Check camera (Using a oscilloscope connected by a T-connector)

No sufficient mA in Radiography adjustable, Fluoroscopy works fine

Radiation preparation signal missing at the generator

check swivel cable, check Generator filter U185

WARNING
Tests partly have to be done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.

20-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21
Active Cooling System

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

21.1 Active Cooling System ..................................................................................... 21-1


21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system .......................................................... 21-1
21.1.1.1 General .............................................................................. 21-3
21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually ............................................... 21-5
21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant................................................ 21-6
21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant ............................................. 21-7
21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation..................................................... 21-8
21.1.2 Draining the cooling system .............................................................. 21-9

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21 Active Cooling System


21.1 Active Cooling System

21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system

CAUTION
The filling has to be done very carefully, otherwise an immaculate function is not
ensured. If it is not done correctly, the pump might be damaged and the desired
radiation time is not achieved.

Required tools included in service set #91136:


• Hand pump
• Flow monitor
• Filling hose
• Spill hose
• Adapter hose
Additionally required:
• Bucket
• Funnel
• Jumper 2.54 mm
• approx. 8 l of coolant (water/anti-freeze mixture)
Admissible anti-freezes: Glythermin® P 44-00
Plurasafe® P44
Mixture ratio 55% water (equalling 4.4 l)
45% anti-freeze (equalling 3.6 l)

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 21-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

Fig. 21-1 Required parts for maintaining the cooling system

21-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.1.1 General

21.1.1.1.1 Flow scheme

Fig. 21-2 Active cooling flow scheme

21.1.1.1.2 Tank connections

Fig. 21-3 Location of tank connections

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 21-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.1.1.3 Checking the pump mechanically

Switch off the unit. Turn the rotor of the pump manually. The rotor has to rotate smoothly. If the
rotor rotates very sluggish and is snapping between positions, the pump wheel inside is stuck. The
pump has to be exchanged.

Pump rotor

Fig. 21-4 Location of pump rotor

Ventilation valve

Fig. 21-5 View of pump with ventilation valve

21-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually

• Remove rear cover of the C-arm stand.


• Remove the 2-pin connector of X3 on the U424 board
• Connect the two pins with a jumper.
• The pump should start running now.

U424 X3 2-pin connector

Fig. 21-6 Location of U424X3

U424 X3 2-pin connector


Bridged by a jumper

Fig. 21-7 Bridge for starting the pump manually

CAUTION
Do not forget to reconnect the 2-pin connector after testing.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 21-5


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant

• Open the cover on top of the C-arm foot.


• Disconnect pressure control valve.
• Disconnect return hose from generator.
• Connect filling hose to coupling of pressure control valve.
(Indicated as filler plug in the drawing “Location of tank connections”)
• Connect the spill hose to the return coupling.
• Fill approx. 8 liters of coolant into the filling hose. The tank is filled properly, if the coolant
runs out of the spill hose without air bubbles.
• Remove the filling and spill hoses and reconnect return hose and pressure control valve.

Fig. 21-8 Flow scheme for filling

21-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant

Fig. 21-1 Flow scheme for filling the pump

• Remove rear cover of the C-arm stand.


• Remove the two hoses from coupling 1.0 and 2.0.
• Connect the hand pump and the flow monitor like indicated in the drawing above. Take care
of the correct direction of the pump.
• Pump until coolant is running through the flow monitor.
• Start the pump manually. The flow monitor should run now.
• If not, pump again with the hand pump.
• If it still does not work, check all hose connections, check for bent hoses and check
whether the pump is stuck. See “Checking the pump mechanically”.
• Remove pump and flow monitor.
• Connect the adapter hose for the pump, the hand pump, the adapter and the ventilation
hose to the ventilation valve of the pump. Press the hand pump to remove all air from the
pump housing.
• Continue with next step “checking the circulation”.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 21-7


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation

Fig. 21-2 Flow scheme for circulation check

• Connect hoses and flow monitor like indicated in the drawing above.
• Start the coolant pump manually.
• Now the pump is pushing coolant into the loop to the generator and back. Thereby the air
inside this loop is pushed into the tank.
• Let the pump run until all air bubbles in the flow monitor have disappeared and the flow
monitor runs constantly.
• If there is no circulation, check if the hoses to and from the generator are bent some-
where.
• Circulation without generator should have been checked in the former step.
• Remove the flow monitor and reconnect the hose from the generator to coupling 2.0.
• Repeat step “Filling the tank with coolant” auf Seite 6 until coolant runs out of the spill hose
again
• Active cooling system is initiated now.

21-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21.1.2 Draining the cooling system

If the unit is shipped and there is danger of frost, the cooling system has to be drained.

Fig. 21-3 Flow scheme for draining the cooling system

• Disconnect return hose from coupling 2.0.


• Connect adapter hose and drain hose to removed return hose.
• Connect ventilation hose to coupling 2.0.
• Start pump manually.
• Now coolant is running into the bucket.
• Stop pump when there is no more coolant running out of the drain hose.
• Reconnect return hose to coupling 2.0.
• Label the unit visibly:
Cooling tank empty – system not ready for operation. Do not switch on!

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 21-9


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System

21-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22
Maintenance Schedule

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents

22.1 General requirements....................................................................................... 22-1


22.2 Electrics............................................................................................................ 22-2
22.3 Mechanics ........................................................................................................ 22-4

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 i


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule

22 Maintenance Schedule
22.1 General requirements

WARNING
Maintenance of this system must be carried out by trained personnel only.
Some checks may only be performed by authorized service engineers. Those
checks are marked accordingly.

USA only:
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requires that the checks and inspections described in
the related document “CDRH Maintenance Report” be performed at least every six months, in
order to ensure that the X-ray system complies with federal regulations (specifically, the applica-
ble sections of CFR 21, Subchapter J – Radiological Health).
The equipment owner is responsible for ensuring that the maintenance steps described in the said
document are performed every six months. Failure to comply with this requirement relieves the
Manufacturer and his agents of all responsibility in this matter.
The equipment owner is furthermore responsible for ensuring that only service engineers certified
by the manufacturer perform the tests and adjustments described in the above document.
Service engineers are responsible for performing the procedure in the sequence shown in the
“CDRH Maintenance Report”.

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 22-1


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule

22.2 Electrics

Check the following functions at the specified time intervals:

Object Action required

necessary
Whenever
in charge

Monthly
Person

Yearly
Consistency test Perform according to relevant national
X
regulation of the country of installation

Power cable Inspect for physical damage X

Electrical safety Check according to relevant national


X
regulation of the country of installation

Hand switch Inspect cable for damage X

Foot switch Inspect cable for damage X

Motorized vertical Move up and down to respective end


X
travel stops
Trained personnel

C-arm stand control All segments are activated during


X
panel power-up

Flatscreen monitors Contrast and brightness can be adjusted X

Clean screens with a mild detergent


X
mixed with water

CRT monitors (n/a for Contrast and brightness can be adjusted X


USA)
Clean screens with Foam-Cleaner X

Fluoroscopy modes Activate each mode, the corresponding


X
LED must light up

Coupling cable Inspect cable, plug-and-socket


connections and anti-kink sleeves for X
physical damage

Swivel harness Inspect hose for physical damage X

22-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule

Checks involving radiation


To be able to check the following functions, you must release radiation:

WARNING
Always observe the safety and precautionary measures required by the relevant
national X-ray and radiation protection regulations.

Object Action required

necessary
Whenever
in charge

Monthly
Person

Yearly
Radiation warning Must be lit during radiation
X
lamp

Hand switch Must function with fluoroscopy and direct


X
radiography

Dead man’s control for direct radiography X

Foot switch Must not release radiation in direct


X
radiography mode

Fluoroscopy The X-ray symbol on the control panel is lit X

The radiation time display is counting up


X
during radiation

“Unsaved” marks on the live screen disap-


X
Trained personnel

pear

An audible alarm sounds after 5 minutes of


X
radiation time

Press min key briefly: The audible alarm is


switched off
X
Press min key for more than 3 s: The
radiation time display is reset to zero

Iris collimator Open and close X

Slot collimator Open and close, turn in both directions


X
until reaching the right/left end stops

Direct radiography Exposure time can be set between 0.1 and


X
(option) 4 s.

All film sizes can be selected, the LED of


X
the corresponding key must light up

An audible alarm sounds throughout the


X
exposure time

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 22-3


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule

22.3 Mechanics

Check the following functions or perform the following maintenance work at the specified time
intervals:

Object Action required

necessary
Whenever
in charge

Monthly
Person

Yearly
Generator Inspect for physical damage X
(e.g. oil leakage)

C-arm stand wheels Clean tread surfaces, cable guards and X


bearings

Monitor cart wheels Clean tread surfaces, cable guards and X


bearings
Trained personnel

Check proper locking of the parking brake X

C-arm Clean gliding surface X

Check retention force of orbital rotation X


brake in all C-arm positions

Check C-arm bearing for running noise X

Motorized vertical Clean gliding surface of lifting column X


travel

C-arm stand and moni- Inspect foil for damage X


tor cart control panels

Labels on the unit Check whether all warning and information X


labels are legible

C-arm stand wheels Readjust or replace brake blocks X


Authorized service engineer

Check firm seat of wheel brackets X

Monitor cart wheels Check firm seat of wheel brackets X

Steering Check mechanical play between steering X


lever and wheels

Clamping levers of Grease thread with Varilub extreme pres- X


mechanical brakes sure lubricant

Motorized vertical Grease lifting spindle with Varilub extreme X


travel pressure lubricant

Inspect bearings for damage X

22-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Index

Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm


A position 2-41
Ziehm 8000 Monitor cart with flat-screen
Alphanumeric keys 15-14, 15-21 monitors 2-42, 2-43
Ziehm Compact 2-44
Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
Ziehm Vista C-arm stand 2-38
B Ziehm Vista Monitor cart with CRT moni-
tors 2-39
Board numbers 2-11 Ziehm Vista Monitor cart with flatscreen
monitors 2-39
Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart 2-40
Dose meter
VacuDAP 2002, technical data 2-34
C VacuDAP duo, technical data 2-35
Can fault line 2-7, 2-8 VacuDAP, technical data 2-33
C-arm stand
Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand
with lower C-arm position 2-41
Dimensions Ziehm 8000 2-40 E
Dimensions Ziehm Compact 2-44
Dimensions Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44 Edge filter 15-17, 15-18, 15-19, 15-20
Dimensions Ziehm Vista 2-38 Environmental conditions
Weight 2-21 Operation 2-20
CO2 15-21 Storage 2-20
Default windowing values 15-21 Error messages 20-1
Filter settings 15-20 Exposcop Studio
Configuration Menu 15-12 Connection notebook to C-arm 18-1
Connections Starting 18-1
wiring CRT monitors and TFT touch con- User interface 18-3
trol 11-7
Wiring of flatscreen monitors 11-8
wiring video documentation and storage
drives 11-9 F
wiring XP0 11-5
FG2025 4-10
Filter settings
Edge filter 15-17, 15-18, 15-19, 15-20
D Recursive filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
Stack filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
DICOM Stack filter for continuous pulse 15-18
Settings 15-22 Stack filter for snapshot 15-18
Dimensions Windowing step 15-17, 15-18
Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm move- Flat-screen monitors 2-43
ments 2-41 Dimensions of monitor cart Ziehm 8000 2-
Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand 2-40 42, 2-43

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 I


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Flatscreen monitors Dimensions Ziehm Compact 2-44
Dimensions of monitor cart Ziehm Vista Dimensions Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
2-39 Dimensions Ziehm Vista Workstation 2-40
Focal spot position 2-37 VM 4402 monitors 11-2, 11-3, 11-4
Weight 2-21
Motion blurring 15-17
Mounting of the CCD camera 7-10
I
Image intensifier
block diagram 7-2 N
parts location 7-1
power supply 7-4 Noise in the image 15-18
Noise suppression 15-17

K
P
Key ‘MENU’ 15-12
Keys PC Workstation
Alphanumeric keys 15-14, 15-21 Technical data 2-20
Power plug
Specification 2-31
Power supply
L general description 14-2
view 14-1
Laser
Laser radiation 2-32
Technical data 2-32
Laser Option 8-13 R
Recursive filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20

M
Maintenance schedule S
Electrics 22-2
Mechanics 22-4 Service settings 15-12
MENU (key) 15-12 DICOM settings 15-22
Menus Filter factors 15-15
Configuration Menu 15-12 HEDIS data 15-27
Mobile stand Software update 15-29
block diagram 2-5, 2-6 Step windowing 15-13
board numbers 2-11 System settings 15-22
system overview 2-1 Windowing settings for subtraction modes
Monitor cart 15-21
Dimensions flat-screen monitors Ziehm Stack filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
8000 2-42, 2-43 For continuous pulse 15-18
Dimensions flatscreen monitors Ziehm For snapshot 15-18
Vista 2-39 Step windowing
Dimensions with CRT monitors Ziehm Vis- Activating 15-14
ta 2-39

II Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Default windowing step after power-up 15- UP 980 rear view 12-4
18 Virtual collimator 9-1
Defining windowing steps 15-13 block diagram 9-2
SVO 9500 vcr Vision track 9-1
front view 12-6 block diagram 9-2

T W
Technical data 2-19 Weight
Generator 2-19 C-arm stand 2-21
Image intensifier 2-20 Monitor cart 2-21
Laser 2-32 Windowing
Monitors 2-20 Default values for CO2 15-21
PC Workstation 2-20 Default values for DSA 15-21
VacuDAP 2002 dose meter 2-34 Default values for MSA 15-21
VacuDAP dose meter 2-33 Default values for RSA 15-21
VacuDAP duo dose meter 2-35 Wiring
Trafoblech CRT monitors and TFT touch control 11-7
block diagram 4-4 Flatscreen monitors 11-8
general description 4-10 video documentation and storage drives
view 4-1 11-9
XP0 11-5

U
X
U515
block diagram 5-2, 6-2 XP0 Cable 3-1
layout plan 5-3 X-ray generator
U515 Location of Connectors 5-6, 5-8, 5-10, block diagram 8-2
6-5, 6-7 overview 8-1
U515 Location of LEDs, Switches and Jump-
ers 5-4, 6-3
UP 960
front view 12-1
rear view 12-2
UP 980
front view 12-2, 12-3
rear view 12-4
Update Procedure 18-28

V
Video documentation
SVO 9500 vcr front view 12-6
UP 960 front view 12-1
UP 960 rear view 12-2
UP 980 front view 12-2, 12-3

Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 III


P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
IV Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010

Potrebbero piacerti anche